1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
60 #include "xml-syscall.h"
61 #include "parser-defs.h"
62 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "dummy-frame.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
113 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
114 struct linespec_result
*,
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
119 struct linespec_result
*,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
121 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
142 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
143 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
148 struct symtab_and_line
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
152 static struct breakpoint
*
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
306 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
308 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
311 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
312 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
322 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
326 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
329 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
331 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
332 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
334 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
337 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
338 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
340 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
341 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
342 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
343 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
344 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
345 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
347 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
348 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
349 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
350 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
356 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
358 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
359 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
360 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
361 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
363 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
365 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
366 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
367 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
368 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
369 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
370 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
371 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
373 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
375 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
377 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
379 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
380 breakpoints share a single command list. */
381 struct counted_command_line
383 /* The reference count. */
386 /* The command list. */
387 struct command_line
*commands
;
390 struct command_line
*
391 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
393 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
396 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
397 current breakpoint. */
399 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
402 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
404 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
405 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
407 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
409 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
412 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
413 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
414 if such is available. */
415 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
418 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
424 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
428 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
429 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
430 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
431 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
432 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
434 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
435 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
438 fprintf_filtered (file
,
439 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
440 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
445 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
446 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
447 use hardware breakpoints. */
448 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
450 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
454 fprintf_filtered (file
,
455 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
459 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
460 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
461 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
462 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
463 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
464 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
465 processing user input. */
466 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
469 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
470 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
472 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
477 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
479 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
481 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
482 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
483 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
486 else if (target_has_execution
)
488 struct thread_info
*tp
;
490 if (always_inserted_mode
)
492 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
497 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
506 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
508 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
509 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
510 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
511 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
512 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
513 condition_evaluation_auto
,
514 condition_evaluation_host
,
515 condition_evaluation_target
,
519 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
522 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
523 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
524 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
526 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
527 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
528 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
532 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
534 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
536 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
537 return condition_evaluation_target
;
539 return condition_evaluation_host
;
545 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
548 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
550 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
553 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
557 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
559 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
561 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
564 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
566 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
567 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
569 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
570 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
572 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
573 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
575 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
577 current breakpoint. */
579 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
581 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
582 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
583 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
586 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
587 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
588 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
591 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
592 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
595 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
596 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
597 to where the loop should start from.
598 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
599 appropriate location to start with. */
601 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
602 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
603 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
605 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
606 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
609 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
611 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
612 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
613 if (is_tracepoint (B))
615 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
617 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
619 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
621 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
623 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
625 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
627 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
628 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
629 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
630 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
631 an address you need to read. */
633 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
635 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
636 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
637 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
638 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
639 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
641 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
643 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
644 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
646 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
648 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
650 static int breakpoint_count
;
652 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
653 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
654 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
655 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
656 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
660 static int tracepoint_count
;
662 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
663 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
664 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
666 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
668 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
670 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
673 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
676 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
678 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
679 breakpoint_count
= num
;
680 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
683 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
684 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
685 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
687 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
691 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
693 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
696 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
700 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
702 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
705 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
708 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
710 struct breakpoint
*b
;
716 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
717 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
719 static struct counted_command_line
*
720 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
722 struct counted_command_line
*result
723 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
726 result
->commands
= commands
;
730 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
733 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
739 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
740 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
741 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
744 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
748 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
750 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
757 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
760 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
762 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
765 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
768 static struct cleanup
*
769 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
771 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
775 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
776 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
779 get_breakpoint (int num
)
781 struct breakpoint
*b
;
784 if (b
->number
== num
)
792 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
793 evaluating conditions on its side. */
796 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
798 struct bp_location
*loc
;
800 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
801 evaluating conditions and if the user has
802 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
804 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
805 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
808 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
811 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
812 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
815 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
816 evaluating conditions on its side. */
819 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
821 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
822 evaluating conditions and if the user has
823 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
825 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
826 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
830 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
833 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
836 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
837 condition_evaluation_mode. */
840 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
841 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
843 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
845 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
846 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
848 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
849 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
850 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
854 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
855 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
857 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
858 settings was "auto". */
859 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
861 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
862 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
864 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
865 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
866 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
868 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
869 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
872 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
874 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
877 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
881 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
882 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
883 target knows about. */
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
886 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
890 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
896 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
897 what "auto" is translating to. */
900 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
901 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
903 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
904 fprintf_filtered (file
,
905 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
906 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
908 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
910 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
914 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
915 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
916 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
919 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
921 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
922 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
924 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
927 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
930 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
931 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
932 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
935 static struct bp_location
**
936 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
938 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
939 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
940 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
942 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
943 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
944 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
946 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
947 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
948 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
949 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
951 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
952 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
955 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
956 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
957 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
958 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
965 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
968 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
969 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
971 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
973 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
980 struct bp_location
*loc
;
982 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
987 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
988 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
989 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
996 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1000 const char *arg
= exp
;
1002 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1003 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1004 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1005 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1007 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1009 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1011 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1013 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1015 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1016 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1020 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1022 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1026 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1027 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1033 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1035 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1038 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1040 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1041 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1042 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1046 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1047 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1052 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1056 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1057 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1059 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1062 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1063 len
= strlen (text
);
1069 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1071 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1072 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1078 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1079 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1080 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1083 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1086 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1088 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1093 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1096 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1098 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1101 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1103 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1104 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1105 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1106 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1107 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1109 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1111 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1112 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1113 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1115 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1117 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1118 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1123 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1126 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1127 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1128 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1131 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1133 struct command_line
*c
;
1135 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1139 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1140 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1141 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1143 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1144 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1146 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1147 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1148 command directly. */
1149 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1150 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1153 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1157 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1160 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1162 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1163 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1164 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1168 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1170 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1173 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1174 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1178 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1179 struct command_line
*commands
)
1181 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1183 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1184 struct command_line
*c
;
1185 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1187 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1188 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1192 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1193 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1194 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1195 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1196 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1197 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1198 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1199 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1200 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1201 tracepoint's context. */
1202 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1204 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1206 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1207 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1208 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1209 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1210 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1211 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "can be used only once"));
1220 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1224 struct command_line
*c2
;
1226 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1227 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1228 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1230 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1231 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1237 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1241 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1242 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1245 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1247 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1248 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1249 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1252 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1254 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1255 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1256 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1262 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1263 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1266 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1267 struct command_line
*commands
)
1269 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1271 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1272 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1273 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1276 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1277 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1281 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1283 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1286 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1290 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1291 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1294 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1296 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1299 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1303 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1304 breakpoint work for any task. */
1307 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1309 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1312 if (old_task
!= task
)
1313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1317 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1319 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1321 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1324 /* A structure used to pass information through
1325 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1327 struct commands_info
1329 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1332 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1335 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1336 already-parsed command. */
1337 struct command_line
*control
;
1339 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1341 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1344 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1345 commands_command. */
1348 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1350 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1352 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1354 struct command_line
*l
;
1356 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1357 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1360 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1363 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1364 "%s, one per line."),
1367 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1369 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1372 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1375 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1378 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1381 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1383 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1385 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1386 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1387 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1388 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1389 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1394 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1395 struct command_line
*control
)
1397 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1398 struct commands_info info
;
1400 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1401 info
.control
= control
;
1403 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1404 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1405 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1407 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1409 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1410 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1412 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1413 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1416 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1417 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1418 numbers will fail in this case. */
1423 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1425 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1428 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1432 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1434 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1435 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1437 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1441 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1443 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1446 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1447 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1449 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1450 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1451 enum command_control_type
1452 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1454 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1455 return simple_control
;
1458 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1461 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1463 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1467 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1468 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1473 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1474 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1477 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1478 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1479 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1482 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1483 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1484 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1485 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1486 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1488 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1489 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1493 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1494 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1496 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1500 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1502 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1503 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1505 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1507 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1512 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1514 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1519 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1520 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1522 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1523 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1524 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1528 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1530 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1531 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1534 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1536 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1537 shadow_contents buffer. */
1538 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1539 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1540 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1542 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1544 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1545 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1549 const unsigned char *bp
;
1550 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1551 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1553 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1554 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1555 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1557 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1559 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1561 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1562 breakpoint's INSN. */
1563 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1567 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1568 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1570 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1571 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1572 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1574 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1575 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1576 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1577 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1578 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1579 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1580 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1581 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1583 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1586 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1587 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1588 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1590 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1592 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1595 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1596 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1597 report higher one. */
1600 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1601 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1603 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1605 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1606 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1608 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1609 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1610 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1611 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1613 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1614 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1615 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1617 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1619 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1626 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1627 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1628 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1629 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1630 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1633 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1635 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1636 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1637 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1640 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1643 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1645 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1647 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1648 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1652 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1653 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1654 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1657 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1660 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1661 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1662 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1665 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1668 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1669 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1672 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1673 bp_location array. */
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1676 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1680 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1682 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1683 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1690 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1694 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1696 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1697 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1701 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1704 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1706 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1707 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1708 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1711 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1715 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1717 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1718 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1721 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1722 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1723 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1724 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1725 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1726 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1727 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1728 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1731 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1733 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1734 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1735 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1736 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1739 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1740 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1743 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1745 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1747 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1749 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1750 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1751 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1752 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1753 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1755 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1758 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1761 static struct value
*
1762 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1764 struct value
*bit_val
;
1769 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1771 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1774 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1781 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1782 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1783 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1784 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1786 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1788 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1789 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1792 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1793 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1794 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1795 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1796 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1797 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1798 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1799 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1801 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1802 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1803 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1804 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1805 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1806 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1807 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1808 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1811 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1812 hardware watchpoints:
1814 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1815 called several times when GDB stops.
1818 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1819 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1820 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1821 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1822 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1823 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1824 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1825 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1826 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1827 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1828 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1830 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1831 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1834 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1836 int within_current_scope
;
1837 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1840 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1841 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1842 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1843 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1846 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1851 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1852 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1853 within_current_scope
= 1;
1856 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1857 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1858 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1860 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1861 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1862 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1863 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1866 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1867 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1868 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1869 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1872 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1874 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1875 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1876 if (within_current_scope
)
1880 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1881 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1882 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1885 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1894 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1895 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1896 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1897 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1898 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1899 be completely different objects. */
1900 value_free (b
->val
);
1904 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1905 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1906 locations (re)created below. */
1907 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1909 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1911 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1915 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1916 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1920 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1921 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1922 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1923 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1924 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1925 if (!target_has_execution
)
1927 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1928 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1929 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1930 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1932 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1933 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1935 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1936 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1939 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1942 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1943 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1947 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1948 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1949 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1950 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1951 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1955 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1957 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1965 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1967 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1968 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1970 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1971 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1972 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1973 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1974 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1975 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1976 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1978 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1980 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1981 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1982 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1985 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1989 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1990 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1992 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1994 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1997 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1999 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2001 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2002 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2003 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2004 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2005 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2008 addr
= value_address (v
);
2011 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2016 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2018 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2021 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2022 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2025 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2027 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2028 loc
->address
= addr
;
2032 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2033 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2036 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2038 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2043 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2044 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2045 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2050 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2051 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2053 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2057 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2060 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2061 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2062 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2064 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2065 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2066 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2067 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2070 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2071 hardware watchpoint type. */
2072 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2073 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2074 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2076 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2077 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2078 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2079 through watch_command), so always account for it
2082 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2083 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2085 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2086 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2089 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2090 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2092 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2094 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2095 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2096 "hardware watchpoint."));
2097 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2098 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2099 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2102 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2107 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2108 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2113 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2115 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2116 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2117 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2120 "read/access watchpoint."));
2123 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2125 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2126 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2127 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2128 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2131 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2133 next
= value_next (v
);
2138 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2139 above left it without any location set up. But,
2140 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2141 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2142 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2144 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2145 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2146 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2147 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2148 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2149 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2152 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2154 printf_filtered (_("\
2155 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2156 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2158 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2161 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2163 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2167 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2168 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2169 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2170 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2171 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2173 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2175 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2178 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2181 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2184 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2187 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2188 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2189 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2190 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2191 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2192 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2193 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2194 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2195 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2198 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2200 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2201 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2202 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2207 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2208 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2209 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2210 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2218 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2219 that the location is not duplicated. */
2222 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2225 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2228 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2229 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2233 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2234 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2235 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2236 any error during parsing. */
2238 static struct agent_expr
*
2239 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2241 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2242 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2247 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2248 that may show up. */
2249 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2251 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2262 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2266 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2267 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2268 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2269 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2270 one of them is true. */
2273 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2276 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2277 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2280 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2281 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2283 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2284 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2285 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2287 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2288 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2303 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2305 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2310 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2312 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2313 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2319 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2320 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2321 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2323 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2329 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2330 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2331 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2333 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2334 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2335 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2337 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2340 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2344 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2347 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2348 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2353 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2360 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2361 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2363 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2364 conditions to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2366 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2372 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2373 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2374 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2376 static struct agent_expr
*
2377 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2379 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2380 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2381 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2382 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2383 const char *cmdrest
;
2384 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2385 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2387 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2394 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2396 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2398 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2399 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2401 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2403 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2405 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2407 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2409 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2410 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2412 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2414 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2415 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2417 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2419 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2421 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2423 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2424 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2427 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2432 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2433 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2435 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2439 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2440 that may show up. */
2441 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2443 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2444 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2445 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2448 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2452 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2453 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2454 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2458 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2462 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2463 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2464 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2467 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2469 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2470 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2471 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2472 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2474 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2475 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2477 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2480 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2481 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2484 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2485 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2486 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2492 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2493 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2497 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2498 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2499 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2500 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2501 response back to GDB. */
2502 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2505 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2509 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2511 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2512 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2513 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2514 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2515 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2516 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2517 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2523 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2524 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2525 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2527 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2533 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2535 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2537 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2540 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2541 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2543 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2545 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2548 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2549 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2554 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2555 for this location's address. */
2556 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2559 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2560 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2561 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2562 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2564 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2565 to send the commands to the target. */
2566 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2570 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2571 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2572 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2573 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2576 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2577 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2578 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2579 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2582 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2583 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2585 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2586 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2587 int *disabled_breaks
,
2588 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2589 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2591 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2592 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2593 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2595 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2598 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2599 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2600 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2601 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2602 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2603 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2604 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2605 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2606 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2607 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2608 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2609 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2611 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2612 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2613 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2614 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2616 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2618 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2619 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2620 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2621 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2624 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2625 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2627 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2629 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2630 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2631 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2633 Two important cases are:
2634 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2635 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2636 hardware breakpoint.
2637 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2638 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2639 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2642 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2643 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2644 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2645 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2647 struct mem_region
*mr
2648 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2652 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2654 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2656 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2657 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2659 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2661 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2663 static int said
= 0;
2665 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2668 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2669 _("Note: automatically using "
2670 "hardware breakpoints for "
2671 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2676 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2677 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2680 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2681 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2682 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2684 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2690 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2691 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2692 || bl
->section
== NULL
2693 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2695 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2696 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2700 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2702 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2707 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2712 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2713 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2714 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2716 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2717 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2718 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2719 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2720 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2724 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2726 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2727 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2728 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2730 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2731 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2735 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2736 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2738 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2743 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2746 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2747 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2748 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2749 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2753 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2754 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2756 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2757 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2761 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2763 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2768 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2773 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2774 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2779 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2781 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2783 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2784 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2785 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2786 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2787 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2788 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2789 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2790 errors as memory errors. */
2791 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2792 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2793 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2794 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2797 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2798 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2799 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2800 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2803 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2805 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2806 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2807 "library breakpoints:\n");
2809 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2811 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2816 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2818 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2819 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2820 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2821 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2822 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2823 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2824 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2828 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2831 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2832 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2833 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2838 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2839 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2844 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2859 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2860 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2861 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2862 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2866 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2867 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2869 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2871 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2872 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2873 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2875 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2877 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2878 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2880 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2882 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2883 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2887 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2888 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2895 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2896 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2899 /* Back to the original value. */
2900 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2904 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2907 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2911 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2912 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2914 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2917 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2921 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2922 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2924 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2927 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2929 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2930 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2931 so just return success. */
2938 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2939 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2943 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2945 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2946 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2948 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2949 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2951 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2952 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2955 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2956 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2957 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2959 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2961 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2963 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2964 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2965 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2967 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2968 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2970 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2976 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2977 removed locations above. */
2978 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2981 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2982 Throws exception on any error.
2983 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2984 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2986 insert_breakpoints (void)
2988 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2991 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2993 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2995 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2998 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2999 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3000 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3001 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3004 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3007 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3009 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3013 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3017 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3018 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3019 always-inserted mode. */
3022 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3024 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3027 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3028 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3029 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3031 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3032 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3034 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3035 there was an error. */
3036 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3038 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3040 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3042 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3044 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3047 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3048 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3049 deletion of breakpoints. */
3050 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3053 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3055 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3056 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3057 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3058 insert breakpoints. */
3059 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3060 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3063 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3064 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3071 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3072 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3075 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3078 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3081 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3083 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3084 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3087 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3088 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3089 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3091 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3092 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3094 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3095 there was an error. */
3096 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3098 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3102 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3105 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3106 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3107 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3108 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3109 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3112 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3114 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3115 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3116 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3117 insert breakpoints. */
3118 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3119 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3122 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3123 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3128 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3129 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3132 int some_failed
= 0;
3133 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3135 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3138 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3141 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3144 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3145 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3152 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3154 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3156 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3157 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3158 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3166 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3167 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3168 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3170 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3171 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3172 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3174 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3175 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3178 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3181 /* Used when the program stops.
3182 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3183 removing a breakpoint location. */
3186 remove_breakpoints (void)
3188 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3191 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3193 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3194 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3199 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3203 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3205 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3209 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3211 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3213 printf_filtered (_("\
3214 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3215 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3217 /* Hide it from the user. */
3223 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3226 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3228 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3230 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3232 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3234 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3237 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3242 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3251 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3253 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3254 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3256 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3257 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3258 struct inferior
*inf
;
3259 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3261 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3265 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3266 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3268 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3270 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3271 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3275 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3281 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3284 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3289 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3293 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3295 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3296 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3297 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3298 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3299 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3300 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3302 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3305 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3308 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3309 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3313 static struct breakpoint
*
3314 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3315 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3316 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3318 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3319 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3321 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3324 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3325 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3327 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3328 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3329 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3334 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3336 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3338 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3340 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3341 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3343 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3344 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3346 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3347 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3349 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3350 int longjmp_searched
;
3352 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3353 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3355 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3356 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3358 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3359 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3361 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3362 int exception_searched
;
3364 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3365 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3368 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3370 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3371 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3373 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3376 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3378 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3381 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3382 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3384 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3385 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3389 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3390 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3392 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3393 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3395 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3396 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3398 return bp_objfile_data
;
3402 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3404 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3406 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3407 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3411 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3413 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3414 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3416 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3418 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3419 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3422 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3424 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3427 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3429 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3431 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3432 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3434 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3435 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3438 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3441 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3442 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3444 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3445 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3447 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3449 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3450 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3454 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3455 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3458 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3462 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3464 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3465 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3467 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3469 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3471 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3473 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3475 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3478 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3479 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3481 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3483 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3485 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3489 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3492 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3493 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3495 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3497 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3498 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3499 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3503 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3504 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3507 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3510 struct probe
*probe
;
3511 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3514 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3515 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3519 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3521 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3522 get_probe_address (probe
,
3525 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3526 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3527 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3533 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3536 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3538 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3539 const char *func_name
;
3542 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3545 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3546 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3548 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3550 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3551 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3553 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3554 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3557 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3560 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3561 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3562 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3563 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3564 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3568 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3570 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3573 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3575 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3577 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3578 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3579 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3581 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3583 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3585 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3588 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3590 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3592 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3593 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3595 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3597 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3600 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3602 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3604 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3605 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3606 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3608 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3609 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3612 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3615 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3616 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3617 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3618 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3619 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3620 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3624 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3626 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3629 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3632 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3634 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3635 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3637 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3640 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3641 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3644 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3646 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3647 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3651 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3655 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3656 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3658 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3660 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3661 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3662 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3666 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3667 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3670 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3672 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3674 struct probe
*probe
;
3677 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3678 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3682 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3684 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3685 get_probe_address (probe
,
3687 bp_exception_master
,
3688 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3689 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3690 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3696 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3698 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3701 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3703 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3705 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3707 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3708 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3710 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3714 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3717 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3718 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3720 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3721 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3722 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3723 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3726 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3730 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3732 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3733 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3735 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3736 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3737 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3738 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3739 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3740 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3741 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3742 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3744 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3745 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3749 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3752 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3753 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3755 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3759 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3760 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3762 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3766 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3767 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3768 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3769 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3770 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3776 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3777 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3779 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3783 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3785 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3786 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3787 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3789 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3793 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3795 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3796 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3797 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3798 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3802 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3803 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3804 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3805 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3806 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3807 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3809 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3810 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3811 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3812 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3813 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3814 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3815 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3817 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3818 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3819 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3820 let finish_command delete it.
3822 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3823 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3824 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3825 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3826 solib breakpoints.) */
3828 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3833 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3834 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3836 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3838 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3845 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3847 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3849 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3850 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3852 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3853 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3855 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3856 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3857 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3859 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3862 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3863 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3864 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3865 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3866 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3867 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3868 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3872 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3875 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3876 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3878 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3882 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3883 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3884 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3885 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3886 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3889 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3893 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3894 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3896 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3897 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3900 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3901 This should not ever happen. */
3902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3904 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3905 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3907 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3908 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3909 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3911 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3912 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3913 || bl
->section
== NULL
3914 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3916 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3918 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3919 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3920 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3921 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3922 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3923 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3924 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3925 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3926 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3927 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3928 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3929 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3930 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3931 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3932 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3933 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3934 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3935 they should always be removed. */
3936 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3937 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3938 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3941 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3945 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3946 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3947 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3949 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3950 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3952 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3953 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3954 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3955 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3956 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3958 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3959 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3961 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3962 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3965 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3966 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3967 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3968 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3970 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3971 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3972 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3973 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3974 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3975 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3981 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3986 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3987 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3988 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3989 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3990 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3991 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3992 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3993 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3994 always-inserted mode. */
3996 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3997 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3998 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3999 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4005 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4007 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4009 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4010 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4012 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4013 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4015 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4016 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4017 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4020 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4021 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4024 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4025 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4027 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4031 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4038 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4041 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4043 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4044 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4046 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4047 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4050 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4051 This should not ever happen. */
4052 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4054 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4056 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4058 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4060 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4064 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4067 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4069 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4072 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4076 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4077 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4079 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4082 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4083 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4084 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4089 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4091 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4092 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4094 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4096 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4098 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4103 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4104 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4105 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4111 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4117 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4119 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4120 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4123 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4125 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4127 case bp_shlib_event
:
4129 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4130 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4131 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4132 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4133 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4135 (gdb) file prog-linux
4136 (gdb) run # native linux target
4139 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4140 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4143 case bp_step_resume
:
4145 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4147 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4151 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4152 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4153 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4155 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4157 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4158 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4159 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4160 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4162 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4163 insert_breakpoints. */
4165 value_free (w
->val
);
4176 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4177 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4178 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4179 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4182 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4183 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4184 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4185 match, not program space. */
4187 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4188 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4189 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4190 permanent breakpoint.
4191 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4192 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4193 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4194 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4195 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4197 enum breakpoint_here
4198 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4200 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4201 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4203 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4205 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4206 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4209 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4210 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4211 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4212 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4214 if (overlay_debugging
4215 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4216 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4217 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4218 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4219 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4221 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4225 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4228 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4231 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4233 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4237 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4243 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4244 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4245 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4246 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4249 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4252 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4256 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4257 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4261 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4263 if (overlay_debugging
4264 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4265 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4266 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4274 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4275 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4278 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4280 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4283 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4289 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4290 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4292 static struct bp_location
*
4293 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4296 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4300 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4304 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4307 if (overlay_debugging
4308 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4309 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4310 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4319 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4323 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4326 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
) != NULL
)
4329 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4330 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4337 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4338 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4340 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4342 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4344 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4346 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4347 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4350 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4353 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4354 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4358 /* Check for intersection. */
4359 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4360 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4368 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4369 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4372 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4375 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4376 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4382 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4383 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4386 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4387 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4388 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4391 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4394 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4396 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4397 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4398 it is now time to do so. */
4400 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4401 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4405 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4407 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4408 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4409 it is now time to do so. */
4411 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4412 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4416 if (overlay_debugging
4417 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4418 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4419 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4428 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4432 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4434 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4437 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4441 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4443 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4444 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4445 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4446 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4450 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4451 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4454 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4471 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4472 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4475 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4479 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4484 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4486 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4487 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4488 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4489 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4490 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4492 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4493 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4497 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4507 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4510 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4515 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4517 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4523 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4526 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4528 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4530 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4532 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4534 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4539 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4548 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4549 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4550 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4551 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4553 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4554 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4556 Return 1 otherwise. */
4559 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4564 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4566 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4567 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4568 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4569 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4570 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4572 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4574 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4578 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4581 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4583 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4586 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4589 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4593 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4595 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4597 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4599 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4605 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4608 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4610 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4612 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4614 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4615 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4616 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4617 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4618 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4622 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4625 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4628 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4630 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4633 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4634 or its equivalent. */
4637 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4639 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4640 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4643 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4644 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4645 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4646 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4648 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4649 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4650 bpstat of the current thread. */
4653 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4656 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4659 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4661 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4664 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4665 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4667 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4669 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4672 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4673 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4675 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4676 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4677 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4679 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4681 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4682 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4683 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4684 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4685 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4686 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4687 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4688 the tree when we're done. */
4689 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4690 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4691 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4692 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4693 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4695 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4701 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4703 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4709 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4710 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4712 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4714 if (target_can_async_p ())
4715 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4716 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4717 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4720 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4721 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4722 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4723 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4724 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4725 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4726 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4727 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4728 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4729 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4730 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4731 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4732 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4737 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4742 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4744 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4746 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4747 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4748 && target_has_execution
4749 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4750 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4751 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4752 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4753 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4754 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4755 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4758 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4761 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4764 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4767 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4770 struct value_print_options opts
;
4771 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4772 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4776 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4777 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4778 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4779 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4782 static enum print_stop_action
4783 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4785 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4788 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4789 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4793 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4794 relevant messages. */
4795 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4798 case print_it_normal
:
4800 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4802 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4803 which has since been deleted. */
4805 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4807 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4808 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4813 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4814 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4819 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4822 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4825 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4827 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4831 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4832 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4833 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4835 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4836 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4837 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4840 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4841 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4846 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4850 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4851 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4854 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4859 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4860 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4861 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4864 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4869 struct so_list
*iter
;
4871 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4873 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4874 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4877 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4882 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4883 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4884 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4887 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4891 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4892 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4893 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4894 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4895 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4896 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4897 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4900 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4901 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4902 code to print the location. An example is
4903 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4905 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4906 to also print the location part of the message.
4907 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4908 don't require a location appended to the end.
4909 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4910 further info to be printed. */
4912 enum print_stop_action
4913 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4917 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4918 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4919 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4920 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4921 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4923 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4924 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4925 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4926 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4930 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4931 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4932 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4933 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4935 print_solib_event (0);
4936 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4939 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4940 with and nothing was printed. */
4941 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4944 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4945 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4946 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4947 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4948 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4949 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4952 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4954 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4955 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4957 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4961 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4964 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4968 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4970 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4971 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4972 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4973 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4974 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4975 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4976 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4978 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4982 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4983 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4986 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4988 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4990 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4992 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4994 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4995 as not triggered. */
4997 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5001 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5007 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5009 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5010 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5012 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5014 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5016 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5022 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5023 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5027 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5029 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5030 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5032 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5033 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5035 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5037 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5038 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5040 if (newaddr
== start
)
5042 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5046 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5047 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5051 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5060 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5061 because of check_errors). */
5062 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5063 #define WP_DELETED 1
5064 /* The value has changed. */
5065 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5066 /* The value has not changed. */
5067 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5068 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5071 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5072 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5074 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5077 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5078 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5081 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5083 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5084 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5085 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5086 int within_current_scope
;
5088 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5089 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5090 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5092 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5093 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5094 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5095 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5098 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5099 within_current_scope
= 1;
5102 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5103 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5104 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5106 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5107 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5108 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5109 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5110 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5111 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5112 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5113 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5114 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5115 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5118 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5119 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5121 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5122 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5123 if (within_current_scope
)
5125 struct symbol
*function
;
5127 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5128 if (function
== NULL
5129 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5130 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5131 within_current_scope
= 0;
5134 if (within_current_scope
)
5135 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5136 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5141 if (within_current_scope
)
5143 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5144 time before we return to the command level and call
5145 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5146 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5150 struct value
*new_val
;
5152 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5153 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5154 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5155 a mask watchpoint. */
5156 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5158 mark
= value_mark ();
5159 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5161 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5162 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5164 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5165 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5166 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5167 not what we want. */
5168 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5169 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5171 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5173 release_value (new_val
);
5174 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5176 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5179 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5183 /* Nothing changed. */
5184 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5185 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5190 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5192 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5193 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5194 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5195 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5196 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5197 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5198 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5199 the first value assigned). */
5200 /* We print all the stop information in
5201 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5202 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5203 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5207 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5208 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5209 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5211 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5212 which its expression is valid.\n");
5214 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5215 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5216 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5222 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5223 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5224 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5227 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5228 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5229 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5231 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5233 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5234 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5236 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5239 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5240 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5243 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5245 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5246 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5248 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5249 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5250 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5251 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5252 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5255 int must_check_value
= 0;
5257 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5258 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5260 must_check_value
= 1;
5261 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5262 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5263 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5265 must_check_value
= 1;
5266 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5267 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5268 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5269 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5270 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5271 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5272 must_check_value
= 1;
5274 if (must_check_value
)
5277 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5279 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5280 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5282 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5286 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5287 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5291 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5294 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5295 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5297 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5299 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5300 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5301 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5302 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5303 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5304 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5305 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5308 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5309 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5312 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5313 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5314 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5315 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5317 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5318 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5319 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5322 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5323 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5324 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5325 changes. This still gives false positives when
5326 the program writes the same value to memory as
5327 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5328 it for a read), but it's much better than
5331 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5333 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5335 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5338 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5339 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5341 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5342 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5344 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5345 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5347 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5353 if (other_write_watchpoint
5354 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5356 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5357 and the value changed since the last time we
5358 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5360 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5365 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5366 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5367 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5369 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5370 the value hasn't changed. */
5371 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5379 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5380 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5381 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5382 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5383 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5387 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5389 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5390 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5391 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5392 anything for this watchpoint. */
5393 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5399 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5400 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5401 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5402 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5405 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5407 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5409 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5410 struct expression
*cond
;
5412 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5414 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5415 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5416 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5417 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5418 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5420 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5421 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5422 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5424 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5425 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5431 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5432 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5434 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5435 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5442 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5444 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5446 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5448 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5455 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5457 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5458 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5460 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5461 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5462 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5463 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5465 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5467 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5468 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5472 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5473 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5474 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5475 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5476 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5478 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5479 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5482 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5484 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5485 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5486 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5487 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5488 really matter which instantiation of the function
5489 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5490 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5491 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5492 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5493 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5494 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5495 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5496 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5498 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5500 select_frame (frame
);
5502 within_current_scope
= 0;
5504 if (within_current_scope
)
5506 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5507 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5511 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5512 "in the current scope"));
5513 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5514 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5517 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5518 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5521 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5525 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5529 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5531 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5536 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5537 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5539 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5540 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5543 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5545 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5547 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5548 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5549 several reasons concurrently.)
5551 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5552 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5555 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5556 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5557 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5559 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5560 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5561 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5562 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5563 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5564 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5567 int need_remove_insert
;
5570 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5571 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5572 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5573 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5574 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5575 inferior function calls. */
5579 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5582 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5584 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5585 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5586 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5587 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5588 checked all locations already. */
5589 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5592 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5595 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5598 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5601 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5604 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5605 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5606 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5610 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5611 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5612 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5614 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5616 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5618 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5623 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5625 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5627 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5628 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5631 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5635 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5636 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5637 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5639 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5641 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5643 handle_solib_event ();
5648 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5649 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5650 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5654 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5659 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5660 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5663 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5668 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5670 /* We will stop here. */
5671 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5673 --(b
->enable_count
);
5674 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5675 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5676 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5681 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5682 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5683 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5684 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5687 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5692 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5694 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5695 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5698 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5699 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5700 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5702 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5703 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5704 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5706 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5707 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5709 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5711 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5712 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5715 if (need_remove_insert
)
5716 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5717 else if (removed_any
)
5718 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5724 handle_jit_event (void)
5726 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5727 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5729 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5730 breakpoint_re_set. */
5731 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5733 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5734 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5736 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5738 target_terminal_inferior ();
5741 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5743 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5746 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5748 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5752 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5753 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5754 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5756 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5758 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5759 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5760 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5763 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5765 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5766 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5770 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5777 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5780 case bp_shlib_event
:
5784 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5786 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5789 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5792 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5793 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5794 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5798 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5800 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5804 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5805 This requires no further action. */
5809 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5811 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5812 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5814 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5815 case bp_exception_resume
:
5816 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5817 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5819 case bp_step_resume
:
5821 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5824 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5825 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5828 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5830 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5833 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5834 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5837 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5838 case bp_thread_event
:
5839 case bp_overlay_event
:
5840 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5841 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5842 case bp_exception_master
:
5843 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5855 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5856 This requires no further action. */
5861 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5864 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5865 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5866 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5867 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5869 case bp_std_terminate
:
5870 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5871 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5872 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5873 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5876 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5877 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5878 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5879 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5882 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5884 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5885 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5886 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5888 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5889 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5890 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5896 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5898 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5902 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5903 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5906 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5909 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5910 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5915 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5917 handle_jit_event ();
5920 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5922 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5929 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5931 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5932 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5940 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5941 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5942 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5945 bpstat_should_step (void)
5947 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5950 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5956 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5958 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5967 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5968 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5969 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5972 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5974 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5975 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5979 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5981 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5983 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5984 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5985 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5990 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5996 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5997 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5999 "host": Host evals condition.
6000 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6001 "target": Target evals condition.
6005 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6007 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6008 char host_evals
= 0;
6009 char target_evals
= 0;
6014 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6017 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6018 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6019 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6021 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6023 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6029 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6030 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6031 else if (target_evals
)
6032 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6034 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6037 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6038 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6041 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6043 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6046 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6047 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6048 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6050 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6051 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6053 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6056 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6059 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6060 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6062 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6065 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6069 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6071 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6073 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6076 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6079 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6080 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6081 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6083 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6086 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6087 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6088 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6090 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6092 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6094 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6098 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6099 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6101 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6103 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6105 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6110 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6111 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6112 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6114 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6115 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6116 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6117 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6120 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6124 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6126 struct ep_type_description
6131 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6133 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6134 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6135 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6136 {bp_until
, "until"},
6137 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6138 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6139 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6140 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6141 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6142 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6143 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6144 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6145 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6146 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6147 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6148 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6149 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6150 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6151 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6152 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6153 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6154 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6155 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6156 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6157 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6158 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6159 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6160 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6161 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6162 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6163 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6164 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6165 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6168 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6169 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6170 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6171 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6174 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6177 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6178 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6181 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6182 const char *field_name
,
6186 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6187 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6191 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6192 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6193 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6196 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6198 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6204 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6205 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6210 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6212 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6214 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6218 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6221 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6224 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6225 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6227 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6230 struct command_line
*l
;
6231 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6233 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6234 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6235 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6236 struct value_print_options opts
;
6238 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6240 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6241 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6242 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6245 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6246 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6254 if (part_of_multiple
)
6257 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6268 if (part_of_multiple
)
6269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6271 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6275 if (part_of_multiple
)
6276 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6278 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6283 if (part_of_multiple
)
6284 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6286 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6287 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6288 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6292 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6294 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6295 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6296 make sure there's just one location. */
6297 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6298 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6304 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6305 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6309 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6310 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6311 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6313 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6315 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6316 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6317 is relatively readable). */
6318 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6319 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6326 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6330 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6331 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6333 case bp_exception_resume
:
6334 case bp_step_resume
:
6335 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6336 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6338 case bp_std_terminate
:
6339 case bp_shlib_event
:
6340 case bp_thread_event
:
6341 case bp_overlay_event
:
6342 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6343 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6344 case bp_exception_master
:
6346 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6347 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6350 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6351 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6352 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6355 if (header_of_multiple
)
6356 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6357 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6358 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6360 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6361 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6364 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6365 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6372 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6374 struct inferior
*inf
;
6375 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6380 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6381 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6384 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6385 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6387 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6388 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6389 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6390 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6391 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6392 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6394 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6395 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6398 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6400 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6402 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6403 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6405 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6407 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6409 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6410 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6414 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6416 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6417 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6419 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6423 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6425 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6426 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6430 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6433 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6436 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6437 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6439 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6440 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6441 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6442 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6443 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6446 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6447 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6448 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6450 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6453 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6455 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6457 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6458 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6461 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6465 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6466 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6468 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6473 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6474 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6475 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6477 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6481 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6483 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6487 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6490 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6491 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6492 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6495 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6496 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6497 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6498 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6502 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6503 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6504 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6505 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6507 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6508 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6509 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6512 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6514 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6516 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6518 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6519 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6520 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6524 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6525 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6527 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6530 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6531 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6532 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6535 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6537 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6539 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6541 annotate_field (10);
6542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6543 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6544 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6547 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6549 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6551 annotate_field (11);
6553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6554 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6555 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6561 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6567 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6569 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6571 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6573 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6575 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6581 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6582 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6585 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6586 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6588 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6590 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6591 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6593 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6594 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6595 locations, if any. */
6596 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6598 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6599 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6600 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6603 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6604 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6606 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6607 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6609 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6612 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6614 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6615 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6616 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6617 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6624 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6626 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6627 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6629 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6633 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6634 an address to print. */
6635 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6638 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6639 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6640 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6643 return print_address_bits
;
6646 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6652 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6654 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6656 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6660 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6662 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6670 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6671 char **error_message
)
6673 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6676 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6678 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6679 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6685 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6686 internal or momentary. */
6689 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6691 return b
->number
> 0;
6694 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6695 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6696 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6697 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6698 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6699 breakpoints listed. */
6702 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6703 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6706 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6707 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6708 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6709 struct value_print_options opts
;
6710 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6711 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6712 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6714 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6716 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6717 required for address fields. */
6718 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6721 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6722 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6725 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6726 accept. Skip the others. */
6727 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6729 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6731 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6735 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6737 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6739 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6740 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6741 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6743 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6744 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6745 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6747 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6751 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6753 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6754 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6758 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6759 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6762 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6763 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6764 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6766 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6770 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6771 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6773 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6774 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6776 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6777 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6779 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6781 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6782 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6783 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6785 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6786 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6790 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6791 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6792 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6793 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6798 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6799 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6802 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6803 accept. Skip the others. */
6805 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6807 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6809 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6812 else /* all others */
6814 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6818 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6820 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6821 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6824 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6826 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6828 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6832 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6833 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6835 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6836 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6842 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6843 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6846 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6847 there have been breakpoints? */
6848 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6850 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6853 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6854 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6857 default_collect_info (void)
6859 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6861 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6862 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6864 if (!*default_collect
)
6867 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6869 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6870 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6871 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6875 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6877 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6879 default_collect_info ();
6883 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6885 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6886 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6888 if (num_printed
== 0)
6890 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6891 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6893 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6898 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6900 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6902 default_collect_info ();
6906 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6907 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6908 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6910 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6912 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6914 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6915 && bl
->address
== pc
6916 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6922 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6923 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6927 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6928 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6929 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6932 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6935 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6936 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6940 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6941 else /* if (others == ???) */
6942 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6944 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6947 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6948 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6949 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6950 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6951 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6952 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6953 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6954 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6956 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6960 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6962 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6963 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6964 printf_filtered (".\n");
6969 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6970 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6971 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6972 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6974 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6975 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6976 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6977 breakpoint at address zero:
6985 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6987 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6989 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6992 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6993 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6996 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6997 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6999 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7000 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7002 /* Both of them must exist. */
7003 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7004 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7006 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7007 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7008 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7009 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7010 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7011 other watchpoint. */
7013 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7015 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7018 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7020 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7024 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7025 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7026 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7027 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7028 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7029 become hw_access locations later. */
7030 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7031 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7032 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7033 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7036 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7039 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7040 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7042 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7043 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7047 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7048 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7049 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7050 space doesn't really matter. */
7053 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7054 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7057 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7058 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7059 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7062 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7063 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7064 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7065 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7068 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7069 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7072 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7075 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7076 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7080 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7081 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7082 true, otherwise returns false. */
7085 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7086 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7088 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7089 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7090 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7091 different locations. */
7092 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7097 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7098 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7099 represent the same location. */
7102 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7103 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7105 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7107 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7108 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7109 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7111 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7112 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7114 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7117 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7118 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7119 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7121 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7122 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7123 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7124 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7128 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7129 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7131 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7132 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7136 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7137 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7139 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7140 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7142 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7145 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7146 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7147 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7148 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7151 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7152 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7154 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7156 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7159 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7160 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7161 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7162 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7163 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7165 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7166 have their addresses modified. */
7171 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7173 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7174 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7175 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7177 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7178 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7180 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7181 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7183 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7188 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7189 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7191 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7193 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7198 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7199 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7202 switch (owner
->type
)
7208 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7209 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7211 case bp_exception_resume
:
7212 case bp_step_resume
:
7213 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7214 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7216 case bp_std_terminate
:
7217 case bp_shlib_event
:
7218 case bp_thread_event
:
7219 case bp_overlay_event
:
7221 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7222 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7223 case bp_exception_master
:
7224 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7225 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7227 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7228 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7230 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7231 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7232 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7234 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7235 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7236 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7237 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7242 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7243 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7244 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7247 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7253 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7255 static struct bp_location
*
7256 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7258 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7262 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7264 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7268 /* Increment reference count. */
7271 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7276 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7277 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7280 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7282 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7284 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7285 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7289 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7292 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7294 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7296 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7297 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7299 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7301 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7310 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7313 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7314 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7316 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7318 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7320 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7324 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7325 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7326 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7328 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7331 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7333 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7334 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7335 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7336 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7339 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7340 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7342 static struct breakpoint
*
7343 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7345 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7347 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7349 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7350 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7354 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7355 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7359 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7361 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7363 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7364 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7365 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7368 const char *function_name
;
7369 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7371 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7372 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7374 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7378 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7379 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7380 &loc
->requested_address
))
7382 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7383 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7384 loc
->requested_address
,
7387 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7388 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7390 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7391 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7392 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7393 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7395 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7400 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7404 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7406 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7409 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7411 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7416 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7417 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7418 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7420 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7421 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7422 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7425 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7426 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7427 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7429 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7431 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7433 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7434 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7436 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7437 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7439 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7440 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7443 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7444 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7445 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7446 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7447 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7448 is also returned as the value of this function.
7450 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7451 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7452 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7453 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7454 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7455 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7456 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7459 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7460 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7461 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7463 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7465 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7466 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7471 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7472 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7474 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7476 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7478 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7480 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7481 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7482 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7483 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7484 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7485 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7489 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7490 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7491 initiated the operation. */
7494 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7496 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7497 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7499 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7500 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7501 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7502 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7504 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7505 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7506 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7508 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7509 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7511 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7512 after their removal. */
7513 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7514 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7515 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7518 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7521 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7523 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7525 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7528 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7530 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7531 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7536 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7538 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7541 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7543 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7544 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7548 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7549 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7550 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7554 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7556 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7559 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7561 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7563 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7564 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7566 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7568 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7570 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7573 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7574 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7575 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7576 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7582 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7583 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7586 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7587 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7591 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7593 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7596 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7598 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7600 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7601 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7602 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7603 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7606 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7608 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7610 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7611 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7612 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7614 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7619 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7621 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7624 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7626 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7627 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7628 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7633 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7638 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7640 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7641 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7642 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7646 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7647 master breakpoint. */
7649 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7651 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7654 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7655 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7657 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7658 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7662 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7664 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7666 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7669 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7670 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7674 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7676 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7678 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7679 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7681 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7682 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7684 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7686 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7692 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7694 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7697 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7698 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7699 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7702 struct lang_and_radix
7708 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7711 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7715 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7716 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7717 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7721 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7724 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7726 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7729 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7730 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7731 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7735 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7737 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7740 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7741 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7742 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7745 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7748 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7753 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7754 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7755 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7758 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7759 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7760 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7762 static struct breakpoint
*
7763 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7764 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7768 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7769 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7770 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7775 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7777 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7780 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7783 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7785 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7787 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7789 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7790 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7792 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7798 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7799 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7802 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7804 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7806 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7808 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7809 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7811 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7812 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7813 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7814 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7815 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7816 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7817 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7818 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7819 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7820 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7821 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7822 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7825 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7830 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7831 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7832 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7835 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7837 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7838 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7840 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7841 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7842 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7843 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7844 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7845 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7848 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7850 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7851 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7853 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7854 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7855 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7856 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7857 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7858 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7859 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7860 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7861 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7863 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7864 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7865 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7866 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7869 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7870 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7872 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7874 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7875 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7876 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7879 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7884 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7885 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7886 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7889 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7891 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7893 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7896 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7897 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7898 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7899 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7900 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7901 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7902 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7903 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7904 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7905 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7907 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7908 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7913 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7914 int bp_modified
= 0;
7916 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7919 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7921 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7923 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7924 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7927 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7930 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7933 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7934 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7937 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7939 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7940 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7941 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7942 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7943 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7946 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7957 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7959 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7960 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7961 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7962 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7963 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7965 struct fork_catchpoint
7967 /* The base class. */
7968 struct breakpoint base
;
7970 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7971 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7972 catchpoint has triggered. */
7973 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7976 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7980 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7982 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7985 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7989 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7991 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7994 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7998 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7999 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8000 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8002 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8004 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8007 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8011 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8014 static enum print_stop_action
8015 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8017 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8018 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8019 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8021 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8022 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8026 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8028 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8029 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8030 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8032 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8033 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8036 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8039 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8043 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8045 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8046 struct value_print_options opts
;
8047 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8049 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8051 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8052 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8054 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8055 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8058 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8060 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8061 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8062 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8063 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8066 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8067 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8070 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8074 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8076 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8079 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8083 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8086 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8089 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8091 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8093 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8097 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8099 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8102 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8106 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8108 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8111 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8115 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8116 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8117 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8119 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8121 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8124 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8128 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8131 static enum print_stop_action
8132 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8134 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8135 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8136 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8138 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8139 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8140 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8143 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8145 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8146 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8147 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8150 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8151 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8152 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8153 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8156 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8160 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8162 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8163 struct value_print_options opts
;
8164 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8166 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8167 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8168 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8170 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8171 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8174 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8176 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8177 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8178 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8179 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8182 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8183 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8186 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8190 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8192 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8195 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8199 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8201 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8202 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8205 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8207 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8209 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8210 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8211 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8212 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8213 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8215 struct solib_catchpoint
8217 /* The base class. */
8218 struct breakpoint base
;
8220 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8221 unsigned char is_load
;
8223 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8224 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8230 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8232 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8235 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8236 xfree (self
->regex
);
8238 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8242 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8248 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8254 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8255 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8257 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8259 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8260 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8262 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8267 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8269 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8272 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8275 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8278 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8280 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8289 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8291 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8292 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8297 struct so_list
*iter
;
8300 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8305 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8314 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8319 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8325 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8328 static enum print_stop_action
8329 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8331 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8332 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8334 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8335 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8336 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8338 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8339 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8340 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8341 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8342 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8343 print_solib_event (1);
8344 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8348 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8350 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8351 struct value_print_options opts
;
8352 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8355 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8356 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8357 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8359 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8362 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8369 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8371 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8376 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8378 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8380 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8383 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8384 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8385 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8389 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8391 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8393 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8394 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8398 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8400 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8403 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8404 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8407 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8410 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8412 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8413 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8414 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8415 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8416 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8417 created in an enabled state. */
8420 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8422 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8423 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8424 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8428 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8430 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8431 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8437 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8440 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8442 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8443 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8445 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8448 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8449 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8450 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8452 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8454 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8455 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8458 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8462 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8463 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8466 const int enabled
= 1;
8468 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8470 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8474 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8475 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8477 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8481 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8482 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8484 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8487 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8488 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8489 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8490 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8491 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8493 struct syscall_catchpoint
8495 /* The base class. */
8496 struct breakpoint base
;
8498 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8499 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8500 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8501 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8502 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8505 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8509 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8511 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8513 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8515 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8518 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8520 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8522 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8523 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8524 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8526 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8527 int any_syscall_count
;
8529 /* Count of each system call. */
8530 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8532 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8533 if any catching is necessary. */
8534 int total_syscalls_count
;
8537 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8538 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8540 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8542 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8543 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8545 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8546 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8553 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8559 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8563 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8565 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8566 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8567 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8568 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8570 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8571 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8572 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8578 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8583 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8585 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8586 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8587 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8589 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8590 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8591 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8593 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8594 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8596 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8597 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8601 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8602 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8603 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8605 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8607 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8610 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8614 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8616 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8617 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8618 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8619 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8621 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8622 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8623 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8629 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8633 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8634 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8636 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8637 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8641 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8642 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8643 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8645 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8647 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8650 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8654 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8655 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8656 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8658 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8659 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8660 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8661 int syscall_number
= 0;
8662 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8663 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8665 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8666 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8669 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8671 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8672 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8677 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8679 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8688 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8691 static enum print_stop_action
8692 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8694 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8695 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8696 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8697 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8698 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8699 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8701 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8704 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8706 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8708 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8710 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8711 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8713 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8717 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8718 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8719 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8720 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8722 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8724 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8725 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8727 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8729 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8730 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8734 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8736 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8739 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8743 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8744 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8746 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8747 struct value_print_options opts
;
8748 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8750 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8751 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8752 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8754 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8755 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8758 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8759 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8760 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8762 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8764 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8767 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8770 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8775 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8778 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8780 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8782 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8783 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8787 /* Remove the last comma. */
8788 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8789 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8792 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8793 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8795 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8796 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8799 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8803 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8805 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8807 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8811 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8812 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8814 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8817 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8821 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8824 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8826 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8828 printf_filtered (")");
8831 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8835 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8839 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8841 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8845 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8850 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8855 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8862 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8865 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8867 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8869 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8872 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8874 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8877 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8878 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8879 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8880 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8883 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8884 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8886 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8888 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8891 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8893 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8895 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8896 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8900 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8902 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8903 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8904 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8905 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8908 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8911 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8915 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8916 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8917 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8919 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8921 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8923 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8925 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8928 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8930 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8931 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8932 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8933 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8934 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8936 struct exec_catchpoint
8938 /* The base class. */
8939 struct breakpoint base
;
8941 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8942 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8944 char *exec_pathname
;
8947 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8951 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8953 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8955 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8957 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8961 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8963 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8967 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8969 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8973 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8974 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8975 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8977 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8979 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8982 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8986 static enum print_stop_action
8987 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8989 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8990 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8991 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8993 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8994 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8997 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
9002 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9004 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9005 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
9006 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
9007 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
9009 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9013 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9015 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
9016 struct value_print_options opts
;
9017 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9019 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9021 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9022 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9023 is relatively readable). */
9024 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9025 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9027 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
9028 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
9030 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
9031 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
9032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
9035 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9036 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
9040 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9042 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
9045 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9049 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
9052 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9055 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
9058 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
9059 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9061 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
9062 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9064 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
9065 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
9066 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
9068 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9072 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9076 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9080 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9081 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9083 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9085 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9092 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9096 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9099 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9101 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9104 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9106 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9108 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9114 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9115 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9116 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9117 types _not_ TYPE. */
9120 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9121 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9126 *other_type_used
= 0;
9131 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9134 if (b
->type
== type
)
9135 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9136 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9137 *other_type_used
= 1;
9144 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9150 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9152 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9153 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9159 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9161 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9165 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9167 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9168 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9174 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9176 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9177 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9181 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9183 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9184 breakpoint_re_set ();
9188 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9189 at address specified by SAL.
9190 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9193 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9194 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9196 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9198 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9200 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9202 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9203 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9204 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9205 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9207 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9208 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9210 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9211 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9213 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9218 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9219 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9220 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9222 static struct breakpoint
*
9223 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9225 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9228 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9230 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9231 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9232 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9234 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9235 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9236 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9237 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9238 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9239 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9240 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9241 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9242 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9243 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9244 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9245 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9247 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9248 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9249 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9251 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9255 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9259 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9261 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9265 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9269 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9272 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9274 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9276 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9277 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9279 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9283 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9286 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9288 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9291 printf_filtered ("\n");
9295 static struct bp_location
*
9296 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9297 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9299 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9300 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9301 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9303 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9304 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9306 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9307 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9308 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9309 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9310 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9311 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9312 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9315 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9316 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9317 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9318 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9323 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9324 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9325 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9326 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9327 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9328 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9329 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9330 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9331 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9332 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9334 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9335 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9340 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9341 return 0 otherwise. */
9344 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9348 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9349 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9350 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9353 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9355 addr
= loc
->address
;
9356 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9358 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9362 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9364 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9365 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9366 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9367 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9369 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9370 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9372 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9373 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9376 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9381 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9382 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9385 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9387 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9388 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9393 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9395 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9397 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9399 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9401 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9402 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9404 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9405 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9406 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9408 if (!dprintf_function
)
9409 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9411 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9412 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9417 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9421 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9423 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9424 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9427 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9428 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9432 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9433 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9435 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9436 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9438 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9439 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9441 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9442 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9443 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9444 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9445 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9446 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9448 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9452 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9453 current style settings. */
9456 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9457 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9459 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9463 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9464 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9468 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9469 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9470 as condition expression. */
9473 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9474 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9475 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9477 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9478 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9479 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9480 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9481 int display_canonical
)
9485 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9487 int target_resources_ok
;
9489 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9490 target_resources_ok
=
9491 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9493 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9494 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9495 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9496 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9499 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9501 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9503 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9504 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9508 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9510 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9512 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9513 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9518 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9522 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9523 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9524 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9525 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9526 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9528 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9529 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9531 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9533 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9534 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9536 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9538 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9539 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9540 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9544 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9546 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9548 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9549 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9551 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9553 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9555 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9557 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9558 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9560 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9562 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9565 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9566 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9573 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9574 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9578 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9579 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9583 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9585 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9586 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9588 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9591 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9592 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9593 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9595 if (b
->extra_string
)
9596 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9598 error (_("Format string required"));
9600 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9601 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9604 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9606 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9608 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9611 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9616 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9617 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9618 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9620 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9621 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9622 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9623 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9624 int display_canonical
)
9626 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9627 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9629 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9631 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9633 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9637 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9639 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9641 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9643 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9645 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9647 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9649 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9651 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9654 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9655 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9656 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9657 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9658 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9659 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9660 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9661 we take just a single condition string.
9663 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9664 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9665 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9666 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9667 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9670 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9671 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9672 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9673 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9674 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9675 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9676 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9679 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9681 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9682 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9684 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9686 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9687 'break', without arguments. */
9688 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9689 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9691 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9692 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9694 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9695 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9698 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9700 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9701 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9702 canonical
->special_display
);
9703 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9707 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9708 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9709 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9710 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9712 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9713 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9716 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9717 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9719 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9721 if ((*address
) == NULL
9722 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9724 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9726 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9728 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9729 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9732 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9733 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9734 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9736 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9737 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9738 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9739 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9740 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9741 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9743 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9745 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9746 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9747 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9748 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9749 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9751 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9753 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9754 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9755 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9757 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9760 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9764 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9766 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9767 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9768 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9769 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9771 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9772 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9773 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9775 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9776 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9777 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9778 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9779 get_last_displayed_line (),
9780 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9782 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9783 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9788 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9789 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9792 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9796 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9797 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9800 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9801 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9802 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9803 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9804 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9808 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9809 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9812 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9814 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9816 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9818 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9820 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9822 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9823 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9824 associated with SAL. */
9827 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9829 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9832 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9833 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9835 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9839 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9841 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9842 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9844 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9847 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9848 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9849 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9850 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9851 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9852 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9855 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9856 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9859 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9866 const char *end_tok
;
9868 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9869 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9871 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9873 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9875 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9879 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9881 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9883 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9885 struct expression
*expr
;
9887 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9888 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9891 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9893 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9898 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9900 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9901 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9902 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9905 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9910 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9912 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9913 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9914 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9919 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9923 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9927 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9929 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9930 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9932 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9933 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9934 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9935 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9940 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9942 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9944 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9945 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9947 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9948 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9949 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9951 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9952 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9954 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9956 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9958 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9960 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9962 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9963 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9965 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9968 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9974 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9975 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9976 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9977 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9978 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9979 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9980 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9981 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9982 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9983 was created; false otherwise. */
9986 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9987 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9988 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9990 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9992 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9993 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9994 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9997 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9998 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9999 char *addr_start
= arg
;
10000 struct linespec_result canonical
;
10001 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10002 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
10005 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
10007 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
10009 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10011 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10013 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
10014 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
10017 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10021 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
10027 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
10029 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10032 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
10033 throw_exception (e
);
10035 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
10037 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10038 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10039 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10040 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10041 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
10044 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10045 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10046 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10047 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10049 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10051 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10052 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10053 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10054 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10055 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10057 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10061 throw_exception (e
);
10065 throw_exception (e
);
10068 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10069 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10071 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10072 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10073 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10074 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10075 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10077 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10078 are ok for the target. */
10082 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10084 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10085 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10088 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10089 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10092 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10094 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10095 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10098 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10099 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10106 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10108 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10110 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10111 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10112 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10113 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10115 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10116 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10118 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10120 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10122 extra_string
= rest
;
10127 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10129 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10132 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10133 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10135 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10138 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10139 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10143 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10144 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10145 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10146 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10147 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10153 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10155 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10157 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10159 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10163 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10165 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10167 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10169 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10172 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10175 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10176 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10178 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10180 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10181 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10182 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10183 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10184 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10185 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10186 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10187 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10189 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10192 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10194 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10195 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10196 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10199 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10201 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10202 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10203 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10205 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10206 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10211 /* Set a breakpoint.
10212 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10213 condition, and thread.
10214 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10215 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10216 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10219 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10221 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10222 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10223 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10225 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10226 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10228 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10229 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10230 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10232 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10234 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10236 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10237 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10238 0 /* Ignore count */,
10239 pending_break_support
,
10247 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10250 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10254 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10256 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10257 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10258 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10261 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10262 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10263 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10264 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10267 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10269 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10270 const struct block
*b
;
10271 struct symbol
*sym
;
10273 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10276 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10279 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10280 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10284 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10285 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10286 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10287 happen in assembly source). */
10289 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10290 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10292 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10294 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10296 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10298 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10305 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10307 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10311 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10313 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10317 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10319 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10323 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10325 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10329 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10331 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10332 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10333 stop at <line>\n"));
10337 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10341 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10343 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10345 char *argptr
= arg
;
10348 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10349 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10350 function/method name. */
10351 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10353 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10358 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10360 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10364 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10366 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10370 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10374 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10378 char *argptr
= arg
;
10381 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10382 it is probably a line number. */
10383 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10385 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10390 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10392 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10396 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10398 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10401 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10402 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10403 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10407 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10409 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10411 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10413 0 /* Ignore count */,
10414 pending_break_support
,
10415 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10423 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10425 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10428 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10429 ranged breakpoints. */
10432 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10433 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10435 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10437 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10438 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10441 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10442 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10445 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10446 ranged breakpoints. */
10449 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10451 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10454 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10455 ranged breakpoints. */
10457 static enum print_stop_action
10458 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10460 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10461 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10462 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10464 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10466 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10467 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10469 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10470 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10471 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10476 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10477 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10478 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10480 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10481 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10483 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10486 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10487 ranged breakpoints. */
10490 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10491 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10493 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10494 struct value_print_options opts
;
10495 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10497 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10498 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10500 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10502 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10503 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10504 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10505 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10506 annotate_field (5);
10507 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10511 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10512 ranged breakpoints. */
10515 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10516 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10518 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10519 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10520 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10521 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10525 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10526 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10528 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10529 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10530 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10531 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10532 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10535 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10538 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10539 ranged breakpoints. */
10542 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10544 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10545 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10548 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10553 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10554 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10555 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10559 ranged breakpoints. */
10562 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10565 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10566 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10569 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10571 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10573 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10574 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10575 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10576 last instruction of the given line. */
10579 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10583 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10584 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10585 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10592 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10594 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10596 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10603 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10606 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10608 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10609 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10610 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10613 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10614 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10615 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10617 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10618 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10619 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10621 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10622 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10623 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10625 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10626 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10628 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10629 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10630 error(_("No address range specified."));
10632 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10635 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10637 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10640 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10641 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10642 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10644 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10646 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10647 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10648 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10650 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10651 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10652 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10654 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10655 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10657 /* Parse the end location. */
10659 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10662 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10663 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10664 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10665 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10666 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10667 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10668 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10669 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10671 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10673 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10674 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10676 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10677 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10678 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10679 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10681 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10682 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10683 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10685 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10686 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10687 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10689 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10691 /* Length overflowed. */
10692 error (_("Address range too large."));
10693 else if (length
== 1)
10695 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10696 the `hbreak' command. */
10697 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10699 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10704 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10705 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10706 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10707 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10708 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10709 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10710 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10711 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10712 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10714 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10717 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10718 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10721 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10722 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10723 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10727 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10729 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10735 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10736 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10739 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10749 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10750 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10751 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10752 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10753 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10755 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10782 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10785 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10786 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10791 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10792 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10793 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10794 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10795 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10796 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10797 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10799 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10800 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10805 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10807 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10808 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10809 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10810 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10812 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10813 are always constant. */
10815 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10817 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10818 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10819 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10824 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10825 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10826 then it is not a constant. */
10835 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10838 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10840 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10842 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10844 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10845 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10846 value_free (w
->val
);
10848 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10851 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10854 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10856 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10858 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10859 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10861 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10862 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10863 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10864 are loaded and unloaded.
10866 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10867 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10868 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10869 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10870 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10871 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10873 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10874 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10875 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10876 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10878 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10879 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10881 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10882 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10883 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10886 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10889 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10891 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10892 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10894 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10898 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10901 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10903 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10904 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10906 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10911 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10912 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10913 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10915 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10916 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10918 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10919 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10920 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10921 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10922 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10923 (did not match the data address). */
10924 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10925 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10932 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10934 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10936 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10939 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10940 hardware watchpoints. */
10943 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10945 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10946 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10948 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10951 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10952 hardware watchpoints. */
10955 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10957 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10958 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10961 static enum print_stop_action
10962 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10964 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10965 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10966 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10967 enum print_stop_action result
;
10968 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10969 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10971 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10973 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10974 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10976 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10977 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10981 case bp_watchpoint
:
10982 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10983 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10985 ui_out_field_string
10987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10989 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10991 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10994 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10997 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10998 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11001 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11003 ui_out_field_string
11005 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11007 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11009 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11010 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
11011 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11012 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11015 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11016 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
11018 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11020 ui_out_field_string
11022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11024 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11026 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11027 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11034 ui_out_field_string
11036 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11037 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11040 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11041 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11043 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11046 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11049 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11053 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11057 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11059 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11060 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11061 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11065 case bp_watchpoint
:
11066 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11067 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11069 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11070 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11071 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11073 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11074 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11075 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11077 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11078 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11079 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11082 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11083 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11086 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11087 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11088 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11089 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11092 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11096 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11098 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11102 case bp_watchpoint
:
11103 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11106 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11109 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11113 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11114 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11118 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11121 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11125 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11127 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11128 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11129 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11135 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11137 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11139 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11140 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11143 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11145 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11147 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11148 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11151 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11152 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11155 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11157 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11159 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11160 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11163 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11164 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11167 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11169 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11171 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11174 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11175 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11178 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11183 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11184 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11186 static enum print_stop_action
11187 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11189 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11190 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11192 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11193 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11198 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11199 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11200 ui_out_field_string
11202 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11205 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11206 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11207 ui_out_field_string
11209 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11212 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11213 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11214 ui_out_field_string
11216 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11219 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11220 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11224 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11225 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11226 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11227 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11229 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11230 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11233 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11234 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11237 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11238 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11240 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11242 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11243 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11246 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11250 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11251 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11254 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11256 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11257 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11258 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11262 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11263 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11264 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11266 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11267 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11268 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11270 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11272 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11275 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11276 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11279 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11280 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11281 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11282 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11285 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11286 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11289 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11291 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11296 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11299 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11302 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11306 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11307 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11310 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11312 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11317 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11319 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11322 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11324 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11327 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11328 hw_read: watch read,
11329 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11331 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11332 int just_location
, int internal
)
11334 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11335 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11336 struct expression
*exp
;
11337 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11338 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11339 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11340 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11341 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11342 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11343 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11345 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11346 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11347 enum bptype bp_type
;
11350 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11351 the hardware watchpoint. */
11353 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11354 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11356 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11358 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11359 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11361 const char *value_start
;
11363 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11365 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11366 of the arguments string. */
11367 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11369 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11370 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11373 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11374 This is the value of the parameter. */
11375 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11377 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11379 /* Skip whitespace. */
11380 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11385 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11386 This is the parameter itself. */
11387 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11390 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11392 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11394 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11395 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11396 only in a specific thread. */
11400 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11402 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11403 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11405 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11407 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11408 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11410 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11411 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11412 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11414 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11416 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11417 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11419 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11422 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11424 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11426 mark
= value_mark ();
11427 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11428 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11429 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11432 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11435 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11436 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11443 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11444 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11446 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11447 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11448 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11449 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11450 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11452 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11453 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11455 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11458 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11459 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11463 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11464 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11466 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11469 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11470 mark
= value_mark ();
11471 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11473 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11475 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11476 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11483 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11484 val
= value_addr (result
);
11485 release_value (val
);
11486 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11490 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11493 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11494 else if (ret
== -2)
11495 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11498 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11499 release_value (val
);
11501 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11502 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11504 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11505 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11507 struct expression
*cond
;
11509 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11510 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11511 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11513 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11514 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11515 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11521 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11523 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11525 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11526 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11527 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11528 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11529 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11531 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11534 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11535 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11536 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11537 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11539 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11541 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11542 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11544 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11545 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11547 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11548 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11549 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11550 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11551 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11552 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11553 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11554 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11555 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11559 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11560 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11561 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11562 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11564 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11565 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11566 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11567 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11569 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11571 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11574 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11575 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11577 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11578 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11579 b
->thread
= thread
;
11580 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11581 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11583 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11584 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11587 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11588 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11591 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11592 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11594 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11595 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11598 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11599 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11601 /* The above expression is in C. */
11602 b
->language
= language_c
;
11605 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11609 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11614 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11615 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11620 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11622 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11626 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11627 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11631 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11632 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11635 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11637 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11638 need to act on them together. */
11639 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11640 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11643 if (!just_location
)
11644 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11646 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11648 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11649 that should be inserted. */
11650 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11654 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11655 throw_exception (e
);
11658 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11659 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11662 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11663 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11666 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11668 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11669 struct value
*head
= v
;
11671 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11672 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11675 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11676 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11677 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11678 hardware watchpoint.
11680 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11681 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11682 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11683 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11684 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11685 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11686 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11687 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11688 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11690 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11691 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11692 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11693 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11694 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11696 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11698 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11699 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11700 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11701 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11702 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11703 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11707 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11708 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11709 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11711 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11712 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11713 middle of some value chain. */
11715 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11716 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11718 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11722 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11723 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11724 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11726 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11730 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11734 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11735 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11736 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11737 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11738 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11741 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11742 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11743 return found_memory_cnt
;
11747 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11749 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11752 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11753 calls watch_command_1. */
11756 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11758 int just_location
= 0;
11761 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11762 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11764 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11768 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11772 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11774 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11778 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11780 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11784 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11786 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11790 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11792 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11796 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11798 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11802 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11803 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11805 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11807 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11808 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11812 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11813 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11814 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11817 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11819 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11821 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11822 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11823 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11824 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11828 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11830 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11831 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11832 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11833 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11834 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11835 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11836 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11837 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11838 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11840 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11842 clear_proceed_status (0);
11844 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11847 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11848 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11849 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11850 get_last_displayed_line ());
11852 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11853 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11855 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11856 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11858 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11859 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11862 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11864 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11866 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11869 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11871 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11872 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11873 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11876 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11877 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11878 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11879 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11881 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11884 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11886 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11888 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11889 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11890 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11894 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11896 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11897 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11900 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11904 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11905 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11906 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11907 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11909 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11910 only at the very same frame. */
11911 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11912 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11913 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11915 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11917 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11918 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11919 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11920 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11922 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11924 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11925 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11927 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11928 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11929 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11931 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11932 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11933 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11937 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11940 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11941 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11943 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11944 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11945 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11946 if clause in the arg string. */
11949 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11953 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11956 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11959 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11960 condition string. */
11961 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11962 cond_string
= *arg
;
11964 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11966 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11968 return cond_string
;
11971 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11972 process start/exit, etc. */
11976 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11977 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11982 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11983 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11985 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11986 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11987 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11990 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11991 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11992 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11996 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11998 /* The allowed syntax is:
12000 catch [v]fork if <cond>
12002 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12003 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12005 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12006 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12008 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12009 and enable reporting of such events. */
12012 case catch_fork_temporary
:
12013 case catch_fork_permanent
:
12014 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12015 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
12017 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
12018 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
12019 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12020 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
12023 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12029 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12030 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12032 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
12033 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12035 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12037 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12041 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12043 /* The allowed syntax is:
12045 catch exec if <cond>
12047 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12048 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12050 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12051 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12053 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12054 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12055 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12056 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12058 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12062 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12063 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12064 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12066 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12073 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12075 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12077 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12078 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12079 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12080 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12081 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12082 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12083 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12084 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12085 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12086 enough for now, though. */
12089 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12091 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12092 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12093 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12094 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12097 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12098 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12100 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12102 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12103 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12105 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12107 int i
, syscall_number
;
12109 char cur_name
[128];
12112 /* Skip whitespace. */
12113 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12115 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12116 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12117 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12120 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12121 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12122 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12123 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
12126 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12128 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
12130 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12131 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12132 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12133 syscall number to be caught. */
12134 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12137 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12138 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12141 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12145 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12148 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12149 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12154 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12156 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12157 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12158 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12159 this architecture yet."));
12161 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12163 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12165 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12166 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12167 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12168 for his/her architecture. */
12169 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12171 /* The allowed syntax is:
12173 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12175 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12178 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12182 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12183 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12187 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12189 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12194 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12196 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12199 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12202 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12204 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12205 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12206 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12207 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12209 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12211 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12214 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12218 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12221 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12224 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12226 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12227 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12230 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12231 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12233 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12237 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12238 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12239 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12240 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12245 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12246 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12247 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12248 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12250 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12251 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12252 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12253 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12254 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12255 error (_("No source file specified."));
12257 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12263 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12264 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12265 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12266 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12268 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12269 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12270 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12271 due to optimization, all in one block.
12273 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12274 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12275 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12276 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12277 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12278 to support that. */
12280 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12281 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12282 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12286 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12287 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12289 const char *sal_fullname
;
12291 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12292 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12293 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12296 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12301 1 0 <can't happen> */
12303 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12304 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12305 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12307 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12311 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12312 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12314 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12315 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12317 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12318 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12319 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12321 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12322 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12323 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12324 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12325 int line_match
= 0;
12327 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12328 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12329 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12330 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12331 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12332 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12333 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12336 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12345 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12349 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12350 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12353 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12355 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12358 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12359 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12360 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12361 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12362 compare_breakpoints
);
12363 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12364 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12368 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12373 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12374 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12377 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12378 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12380 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12383 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12386 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12387 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12390 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12392 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12395 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12396 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12397 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12400 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12402 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12404 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12405 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12406 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12408 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12412 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12413 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12417 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12418 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12419 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12420 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12421 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12422 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12425 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12427 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12428 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12429 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12430 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12431 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12433 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12434 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12436 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12437 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12440 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12441 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12442 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12444 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12445 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12446 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12448 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12449 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12450 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12452 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12453 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12454 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12456 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12459 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12460 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12461 content of the bp_location array. */
12464 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12466 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12468 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12469 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12471 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12473 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12475 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12478 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12479 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12481 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12482 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12483 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12484 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12486 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12488 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12489 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12490 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12491 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12495 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12498 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12500 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12501 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12503 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12506 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12508 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12510 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12511 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12512 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12514 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12515 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12516 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12519 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12521 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12522 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12523 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12524 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12527 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12529 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12532 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12534 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12535 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12536 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12537 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12540 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12543 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12546 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12548 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12549 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12550 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12551 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12553 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12554 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12555 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12556 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12557 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12559 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12560 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12561 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12562 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12563 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12564 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12565 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12566 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12569 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12570 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12571 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12575 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12577 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12578 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12579 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12582 address
= bl
->address
;
12583 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12585 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12586 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12587 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12589 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12590 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12593 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12594 the same program space as the location
12595 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12596 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12597 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12601 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12602 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12605 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12606 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12607 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12608 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12609 that have already been marked. */
12610 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12612 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12614 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12616 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12617 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12621 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12622 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12623 locations are duplicate of which.
12625 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12626 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12630 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12633 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12634 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12635 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12636 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12637 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12638 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12640 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12641 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12642 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12643 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12644 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12646 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12647 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12648 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12649 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12651 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12652 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12653 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12654 unsigned old_location_count
;
12656 old_location
= bp_location
;
12657 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12658 bp_location
= NULL
;
12659 bp_location_count
= 0;
12660 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12663 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12664 bp_location_count
++;
12666 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12667 locp
= bp_location
;
12668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12669 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12671 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12672 bp_location_compare
);
12674 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12676 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12677 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12678 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12679 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12680 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12683 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12684 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12686 locp
= bp_location
;
12687 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12690 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12691 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12693 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12694 not, we have to free it. */
12695 int found_object
= 0;
12696 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12697 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12700 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12701 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12702 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12703 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12707 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12708 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12711 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12712 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12713 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12715 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12716 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12717 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12719 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12720 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12723 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12727 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12728 have to go through updates again. */
12729 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12731 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12733 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12735 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12736 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12737 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12738 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12739 at certain location is not inserted. */
12741 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12743 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12746 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12748 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12749 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12750 keep_in_target
= 1;
12754 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12755 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12756 remove its target-side condition. */
12758 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12759 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12760 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12761 this one from the target. */
12763 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12764 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12767 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12768 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12771 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12773 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12775 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12776 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12777 supported, but the latter are. */
12778 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12780 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12781 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12784 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12785 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12787 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12788 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12790 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12791 keep_in_target
= 1;
12799 if (!keep_in_target
)
12801 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12803 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12804 this location on the global list, and try to
12805 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12806 reason why we will succeed next time.
12808 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12809 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12810 only after calling us. */
12811 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12812 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12813 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12821 if (removed
&& non_stop
12822 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12823 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12825 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12826 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12827 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12828 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12829 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12830 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12831 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12832 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12833 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12834 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12835 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12836 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12837 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12838 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12841 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12842 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12844 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12845 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12846 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12847 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12848 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12849 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12850 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12851 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12852 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12853 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12854 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12855 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12856 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12859 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12860 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12861 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12862 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12864 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12865 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12866 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12867 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12868 traps we can no longer explain. */
12870 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12871 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12873 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12877 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12878 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12883 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12884 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12885 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12886 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12887 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12888 are sorted first for the same address.
12890 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12891 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12893 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12894 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12895 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12896 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12899 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12901 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12904 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12905 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12906 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12907 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12908 `struct bp_location'. */
12909 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12911 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12912 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12916 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12917 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12918 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12919 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12920 "actually inserted"));
12922 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12923 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12924 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12925 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12926 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12927 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12929 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12931 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12932 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12933 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12935 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12936 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12938 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12940 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12941 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12942 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12948 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12949 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12950 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12952 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12953 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12955 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12956 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12958 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12959 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12960 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12961 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12962 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12965 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12967 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12968 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12971 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12972 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12973 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12974 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12975 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12977 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12981 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12982 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12984 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12988 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12990 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12993 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12994 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12996 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12997 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
13003 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
13005 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13007 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13008 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
13011 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13014 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13018 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
13019 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
13021 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
13022 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
13023 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13027 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13029 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
13031 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
13033 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
13037 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13041 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13043 struct value_print_options opts
;
13045 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
13047 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13049 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13051 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13055 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13057 printf_filtered (" at ");
13058 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13061 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13063 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13065 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13066 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13067 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13068 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13070 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13071 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13072 real situation somewhat. */
13073 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13078 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13080 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13082 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13087 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13090 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13092 xfree (self
->cond
);
13093 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13094 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13095 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13097 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13098 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13101 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13106 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13110 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13112 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13113 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13114 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13115 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13116 xfree (self
->filter
);
13117 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13120 static struct bp_location
*
13121 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13123 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13125 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13126 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13131 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13133 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13136 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13137 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13140 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13142 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13146 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13148 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13152 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13153 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13155 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13157 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13161 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13166 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13170 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13172 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13175 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13179 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13181 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13184 static enum print_stop_action
13185 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13187 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13191 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13192 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13198 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13200 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13204 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13206 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13210 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13211 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13212 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13216 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13220 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13221 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13223 char *extra_string
,
13224 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13225 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13227 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13228 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13229 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13230 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13232 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13236 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13237 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13239 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13242 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13245 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13250 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13253 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13255 /* Nothing to do. */
13258 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13260 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13261 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13262 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13263 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13264 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13265 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13266 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13267 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13268 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13269 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13271 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13272 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13273 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13274 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13275 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13276 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13277 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13278 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13281 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13284 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13286 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13287 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13289 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13290 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13294 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13297 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13298 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13302 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info
*dest
,
13303 const struct bp_target_info
*src
)
13305 dest
->shadow_len
= src
->shadow_len
;
13306 memcpy (dest
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_len
);
13307 dest
->placed_size
= src
->placed_size
;
13311 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13313 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13314 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13318 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13322 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13323 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13324 sss_slot
= find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
13325 bp_tgt
->placed_address
);
13328 struct bp_target_info
*sss_bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[sss_slot
];
13330 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, sss_bp_tgt
);
13334 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13339 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13341 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13342 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13345 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= &bl
->target_info
;
13346 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
13347 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
13349 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13350 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13351 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13352 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, address
))
13355 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13360 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13361 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13362 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13364 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13365 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13368 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13372 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13373 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13374 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13381 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13382 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13383 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13385 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13386 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13388 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13389 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13390 be set at the same address. */
13394 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13398 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13400 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13405 static enum print_stop_action
13406 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13409 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13411 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13413 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13415 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13416 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13418 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13419 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13420 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13423 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13430 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13431 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13432 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13434 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13435 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13437 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13441 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13443 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13448 case bp_breakpoint
:
13449 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13450 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13451 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13453 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13454 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13455 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13456 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13458 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13459 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13462 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13470 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13472 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13473 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13474 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13476 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13477 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13479 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13482 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13483 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13486 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13490 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13491 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13492 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13493 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13495 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13496 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13500 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13501 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13503 char *extra_string
,
13504 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13505 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13507 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13508 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13509 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13510 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13512 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13513 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13515 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13516 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13517 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13521 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13522 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13524 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13527 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13530 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13534 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13535 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13536 case bp_overlay_event
:
13537 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13538 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13539 case bp_exception_master
:
13540 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13543 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13544 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13545 case bp_shlib_event
:
13547 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13548 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13549 case bp_thread_event
:
13555 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13557 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13559 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13560 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13561 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13562 objects (among other things). */
13563 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13564 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13570 static enum print_stop_action
13571 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13573 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13575 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13579 case bp_shlib_event
:
13580 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13581 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13582 to shlib event" message.) */
13583 print_solib_event (0);
13586 case bp_thread_event
:
13587 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13588 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13589 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13592 case bp_overlay_event
:
13593 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13594 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13597 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13598 /* These should never be enabled. */
13599 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13602 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13603 /* These should never be enabled. */
13604 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13605 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13608 case bp_exception_master
:
13609 /* These should never be enabled. */
13610 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13611 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13615 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13619 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13621 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13624 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13627 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13629 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13630 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13631 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13632 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13636 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13638 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13641 static enum print_stop_action
13642 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13644 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13648 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13653 ui_out_field_string
13655 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13659 ui_out_field_string
13661 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13666 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13670 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13672 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13675 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13677 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13678 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13681 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13683 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13686 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13688 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13691 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13694 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13696 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13700 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13702 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13711 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13713 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13714 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13718 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13722 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13723 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13724 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13725 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13727 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13729 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13731 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13732 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13734 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13738 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13739 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13741 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13743 error (_("probe not found"));
13746 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13749 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13751 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13755 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13756 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13757 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13759 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13765 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13766 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13768 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13769 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13771 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13774 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13775 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13781 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13783 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13788 case bp_tracepoint
:
13789 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13790 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13792 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13793 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13794 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13796 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13797 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13798 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13801 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13802 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13809 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13811 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13813 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13814 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13815 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13817 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13820 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13821 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13824 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13826 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13831 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13832 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13833 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13834 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13836 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13837 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13841 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13842 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13844 char *extra_string
,
13845 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13846 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13848 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13849 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13850 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13851 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13853 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13854 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13856 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13857 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13858 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13862 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13863 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13865 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13868 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13870 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13874 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13875 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13876 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13877 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13879 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13880 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13881 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13885 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13886 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13888 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13889 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13892 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13894 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13897 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13899 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13901 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13902 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13903 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13904 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13906 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13907 error (_("Format string required"));
13909 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13910 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13911 3 - disconnect from target 1
13912 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13914 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13915 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13916 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13917 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13918 it all the time. */
13919 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13920 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13923 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13926 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13930 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13933 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13936 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13937 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13938 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13939 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13940 address are all handled. */
13943 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13945 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13946 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13947 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13949 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13950 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13951 condition not be evaluated. */
13954 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13955 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13956 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13957 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13958 commands here throws. */
13959 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13960 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13961 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13963 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13965 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13966 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13968 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13971 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13975 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13976 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13977 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13978 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13980 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13982 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13984 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13986 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13987 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13988 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13992 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13993 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13995 char *extra_string
,
13996 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13997 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13999 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14000 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14001 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14002 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14005 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
14006 canonical
->sals
, 0);
14008 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14009 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14010 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14011 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14012 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14013 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14015 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14017 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
14018 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14019 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14022 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
14023 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
14025 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
14026 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
14028 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
14029 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
14031 cond_string
, extra_string
,
14032 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14033 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
14034 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
14035 canonical
->special_display
);
14036 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14037 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14038 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14039 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14040 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14041 corresponds to this one */
14042 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
14044 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
14046 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
14051 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14052 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14054 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14056 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
14057 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
14059 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
14063 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14066 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14069 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14071 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14074 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14078 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14080 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14082 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
14084 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14085 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14088 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14089 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14090 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14091 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14092 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14095 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14096 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14097 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14098 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14100 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14103 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14104 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14105 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14107 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14108 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14110 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14111 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14112 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14113 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14117 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14119 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14120 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14121 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14122 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14123 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14126 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14127 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14128 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14129 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14131 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14133 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14134 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14137 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14139 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14143 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14145 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14146 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14147 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14148 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14149 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14150 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14151 commands won't work. */
14153 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14155 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14156 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14157 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14158 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14159 might be better design to have location completely
14160 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14161 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14163 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14164 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14165 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14166 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14171 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14173 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14177 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14179 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14182 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14183 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14186 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14187 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14191 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14196 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14198 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14199 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14201 if (next
== related
)
14203 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14204 function (related
, data
);
14206 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14207 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14212 function (related
, data
);
14216 while (related
!= b
);
14220 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14222 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14225 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14226 delete_breakpoint. */
14229 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14231 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14235 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14237 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14243 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14245 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14246 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14247 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14249 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14251 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14255 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14257 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14259 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14260 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14261 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14265 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14269 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14271 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14272 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14273 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14278 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14279 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14280 Null names are ignored. */
14283 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14285 struct bp_location
*l
;
14286 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14287 (int (*) (const void *,
14288 const void *)) streq
,
14289 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14291 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14294 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14296 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14300 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14302 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14306 htab_delete (htab
);
14312 htab_delete (htab
);
14316 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14317 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14318 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14319 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14320 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14321 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14322 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14323 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14326 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14327 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14328 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14329 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14330 in the sources, and output a warning.
14332 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14333 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14334 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14335 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14336 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14339 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14340 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14341 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14342 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14343 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14344 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14345 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14346 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14347 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14349 static struct symtab_and_line
14350 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14352 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14353 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14358 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14360 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14362 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14363 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14365 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14367 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14368 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14369 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14374 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14376 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14378 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14379 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14381 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14384 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14386 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14388 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14389 struct symbol
*sym
;
14390 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14391 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14393 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14395 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14396 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14398 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14399 "found at previous line number"),
14400 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14404 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14406 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14407 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14408 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14411 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14412 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14413 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14415 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14416 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14417 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14421 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14423 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14426 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14429 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14430 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14432 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14433 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14434 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14435 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14437 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14440 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14446 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14447 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14450 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14454 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14457 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14460 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14467 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14473 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14474 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14475 a ranged breakpoint. */
14478 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14479 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14480 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14483 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14485 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14487 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14489 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14490 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14491 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14492 "multiple locations found\n"),
14497 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14498 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14499 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14500 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14501 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14502 individual locations. */
14503 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14508 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14510 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14512 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14514 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14516 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14518 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14521 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14523 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14524 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14526 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14527 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14532 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14533 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14534 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14535 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14539 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14541 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14543 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14547 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14548 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14549 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14551 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14554 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14555 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14556 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14557 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14558 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14559 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14560 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14562 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14564 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14566 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14567 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14569 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14570 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14578 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14579 if (l
->function_name
14580 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14590 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14591 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14593 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14596 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14597 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14599 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14600 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14603 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14604 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14606 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14609 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14611 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14615 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14616 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14617 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14618 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14619 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14620 state, then user already saw the message about that
14621 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14623 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14624 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14625 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14626 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14627 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14628 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14630 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14632 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14633 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14634 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14635 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14636 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14637 which approach is better. */
14638 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14639 throw_exception (e
);
14643 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14647 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14648 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14649 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14651 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14654 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14655 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14658 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14659 b
->thread
= thread
;
14662 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14663 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14666 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14667 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14677 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14678 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14682 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14685 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14686 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14687 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14689 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14692 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14696 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14698 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14701 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14702 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14706 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14709 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14710 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14713 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14714 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14715 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14716 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14718 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14721 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14722 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14726 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14727 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14729 char *extra_string
,
14730 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14731 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14733 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14734 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14735 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14736 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14738 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14740 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14741 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14742 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14745 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14746 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14749 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14750 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14752 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14754 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14755 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14756 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14757 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14760 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14761 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14763 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14765 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14767 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14768 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14769 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14771 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14774 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14777 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14779 static struct cleanup
*
14780 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14782 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14784 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14785 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14786 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14787 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14788 set_language (b
->language
);
14793 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14794 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14795 Unused in this case. */
14798 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14800 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14801 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14802 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14804 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14805 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14806 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14810 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14812 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14814 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14815 enum language save_language
;
14816 int save_input_radix
;
14817 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14819 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14820 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14821 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14825 /* Format possible error msg. */
14826 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14829 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14830 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14832 set_language (save_language
);
14833 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14835 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14837 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14839 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14840 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14841 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14842 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14845 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14847 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14848 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14850 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14852 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14854 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14855 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14857 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14858 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14859 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14861 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14865 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14866 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14867 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14870 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14872 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14878 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14880 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14882 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14883 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14888 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14892 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14893 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14895 else if (count
== 1)
14896 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14899 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14900 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14903 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14907 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14910 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14913 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14919 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14921 num
= get_number (&p
);
14923 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14925 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14927 set_ignore_count (num
,
14928 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14931 printf_filtered ("\n");
14934 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14935 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14938 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14943 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14945 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14948 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14950 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14952 while (!state
.finished
)
14954 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14958 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14961 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14966 if (b
->number
== num
)
14969 function (b
, data
);
14973 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14978 static struct bp_location
*
14979 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14981 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14985 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14986 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14991 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14993 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14996 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
15001 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
15002 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
15005 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
15007 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
15011 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
15014 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
15020 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15021 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15022 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15025 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15027 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15028 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15029 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15030 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
15033 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15034 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
15037 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
15039 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15040 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15042 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15043 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15045 struct bp_location
*location
;
15047 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15048 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
15051 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15053 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15056 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15059 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15061 disable_breakpoint (b
);
15064 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15065 disable_breakpoint. */
15068 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15070 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15074 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15078 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15081 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15082 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15086 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15090 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15092 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15099 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15101 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15102 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15103 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15104 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15106 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15109 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15110 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15116 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15119 int target_resources_ok
;
15121 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15124 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15125 target_resources_ok
=
15126 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15128 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15129 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15130 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15131 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15134 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15136 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15137 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15138 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15140 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15142 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15144 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15145 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15146 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15150 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15151 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15157 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15158 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15160 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15162 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15163 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15165 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15166 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15168 struct bp_location
*location
;
15170 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15171 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15174 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15175 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15176 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15178 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15183 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15185 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15189 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15191 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15194 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15195 enable_breakpoint. */
15198 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15200 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15203 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15204 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15205 in stopping the inferior. */
15208 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15212 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15215 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15216 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15220 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15224 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15226 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15233 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15235 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15236 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15237 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15238 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15240 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15243 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15244 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15249 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15259 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15261 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15263 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15267 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15269 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15271 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15275 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15277 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15281 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15283 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15285 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15289 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15291 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15293 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15297 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15299 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15301 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15305 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15307 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15311 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15316 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15320 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15321 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15325 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15326 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15327 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15329 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15331 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15332 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15333 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15335 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15337 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15339 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15341 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15342 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15343 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15344 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15346 value_free (wp
->val
);
15354 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15355 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15356 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15357 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15361 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15362 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15364 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15365 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15367 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15369 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15370 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15372 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15373 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15374 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15375 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15376 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15377 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15378 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15380 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
);
15382 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15383 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15385 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, &bl
->target_info
);
15389 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15391 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15399 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15400 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15403 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15405 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15406 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
15407 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->placed_address
;
15408 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15411 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, address
);
15413 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15414 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15415 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15417 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15418 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15419 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15421 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15422 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15423 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15424 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15425 ret
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
15435 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15438 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15439 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15444 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15446 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15447 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15451 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15452 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15453 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15456 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15457 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15458 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15459 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15460 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15461 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15463 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15464 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15465 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15466 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15469 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15470 were inserted or not. */
15473 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15475 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15476 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15479 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15482 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15484 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15486 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15488 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15489 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15490 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15491 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15493 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15495 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15496 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15497 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15498 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15502 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15503 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15504 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15508 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15512 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15513 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15515 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15516 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15517 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15521 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15525 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15529 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15530 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15531 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15532 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15535 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15536 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15539 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15544 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15546 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15548 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15549 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15557 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15561 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15564 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace
, pc
) >= 0;
15567 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15568 non-zero otherwise. */
15570 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15572 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15573 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15574 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15581 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15583 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15584 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15586 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15590 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15592 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15595 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15597 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15599 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15603 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15605 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15615 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15616 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15617 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15618 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15620 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15621 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15622 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15628 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15630 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15632 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15634 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15635 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15639 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15641 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15642 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15644 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15645 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15647 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15649 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15651 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15653 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15654 0 /* Ignore count */,
15655 pending_break_support
,
15659 0 /* internal */, 0);
15663 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15665 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15667 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15669 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15670 0 /* Ignore count */,
15671 pending_break_support
,
15672 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15675 0 /* internal */, 0);
15678 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15681 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15683 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15685 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15686 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15687 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15688 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15690 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15694 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15696 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15697 0 /* Ignore count */,
15698 pending_break_support
,
15702 0 /* internal */, 0);
15705 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15706 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15708 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15709 static int next_cmd
;
15712 read_uploaded_action (void)
15716 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15723 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15724 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15725 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15726 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15727 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15729 struct tracepoint
*
15730 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15732 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15733 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15735 if (utp
->at_string
)
15736 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15739 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15740 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15741 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15743 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15744 "source location, using raw address"),
15746 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15747 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15750 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15751 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15752 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15753 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15756 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15758 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15759 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15761 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15762 0 /* Ignore count */,
15763 pending_break_support
,
15764 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15766 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15768 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15771 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15772 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15773 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15777 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15780 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15783 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15784 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15785 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15787 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15789 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15794 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15796 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15798 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15799 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15800 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15801 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15804 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15805 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15806 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15811 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15815 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15817 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15820 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15822 if (num_printed
== 0)
15824 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15825 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15827 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15830 default_collect_info ();
15833 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15834 Not supported by all targets. */
15836 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15838 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15841 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15842 Not supported by all targets. */
15844 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15846 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15849 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15851 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15853 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15859 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15861 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15862 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15863 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15865 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15866 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15868 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15872 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15874 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15877 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15878 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15882 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15885 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15888 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15890 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15891 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15893 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15894 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15897 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15899 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15900 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15901 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15904 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15906 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15907 unsigned int count
;
15909 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15910 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15911 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15913 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15915 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15916 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15918 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15920 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15922 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15924 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15926 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15927 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15930 else if (*args
== '\0')
15932 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15934 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15938 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15940 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15941 while (!state
.finished
)
15943 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15945 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15950 struct tracepoint
*
15951 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15953 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15955 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15956 if (t
->number
== num
)
15957 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15962 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15963 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15966 struct tracepoint
*
15967 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15969 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15971 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15973 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15975 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15982 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15983 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15984 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15985 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15987 struct tracepoint
*
15988 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15989 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15991 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15993 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15997 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15998 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
16000 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
16001 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
16003 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
16007 if (instring
&& *instring
)
16008 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
16011 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
16015 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
16016 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
16018 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
16021 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
16026 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
16028 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
16029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
16032 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
16034 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
16037 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16038 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16039 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16043 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
16044 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
16046 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16048 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
16049 struct ui_file
*fp
;
16050 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
16052 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
16053 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16055 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16058 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16059 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16062 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16063 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16068 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
16070 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
16072 /* We can stop searching. */
16079 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16083 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
16084 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
16085 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
16087 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16088 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
16089 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
16091 if (extra_trace_bits
)
16092 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
16094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16096 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16097 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16100 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16101 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16104 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
16106 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16107 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16110 if (tp
->cond_string
)
16111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
16113 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
16114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
16116 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
16118 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
16120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
16122 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
16123 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
16125 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
16127 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
16130 throw_exception (ex
);
16132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
16135 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
16136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
16138 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16139 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16140 special, and not user visible. */
16141 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
16143 struct bp_location
*loc
;
16146 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
16148 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
16152 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
16153 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
16156 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
16157 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
16160 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16163 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16165 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
16168 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16171 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16173 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
16176 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16178 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
16179 all_tracepoints (void)
16181 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
16182 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16184 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
16186 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
16193 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16194 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16195 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16197 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16198 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16199 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16200 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16201 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16202 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16203 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16204 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16205 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16206 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16207 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16209 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16210 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16212 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16213 conditions are different.\n\
16215 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16217 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16218 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
16220 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16221 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16224 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16225 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16226 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16227 void *user_data_catch
,
16228 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16230 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16232 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16234 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16235 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16236 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16238 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16240 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16241 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16242 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16246 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16248 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16249 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16251 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16252 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16253 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16257 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16259 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16260 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16261 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16264 struct breakpoint
*
16265 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16268 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16270 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16272 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16279 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16280 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16283 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16285 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16286 non-inline function. */
16287 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16293 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16294 have been inlined. */
16297 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16298 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16301 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16305 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16308 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16310 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16311 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16319 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16322 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16324 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16327 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16328 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16332 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16334 static int initialized
= 0;
16336 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16343 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16344 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16345 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16346 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16347 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16348 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16349 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16350 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16351 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16352 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16353 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16355 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16356 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16357 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16358 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16359 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16360 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16361 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16362 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16364 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16365 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16366 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16367 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16368 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16369 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16370 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16371 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16372 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16373 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16375 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16376 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16377 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16378 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16379 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16380 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16381 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16383 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16384 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16385 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16386 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16387 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16388 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16389 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16391 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16392 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16393 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16394 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16396 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16397 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16398 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16399 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16400 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16401 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16402 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16405 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16406 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16407 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16408 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16409 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16410 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16411 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16412 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16413 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16414 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16415 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16416 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16417 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16418 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16420 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16421 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16422 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16423 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16424 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16425 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16426 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16427 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16428 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16429 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16430 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16433 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16434 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16435 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16436 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16437 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16438 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16439 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16440 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16441 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16442 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16444 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16445 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16446 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16447 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16448 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16450 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16451 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16452 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16453 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16454 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16455 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16457 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16458 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16459 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16460 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16461 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16462 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16463 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16464 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16465 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16466 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16468 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16469 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16470 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16471 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16472 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16473 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16474 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16475 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16476 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16477 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16479 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16480 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16481 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16482 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16483 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16484 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16485 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16486 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16487 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16488 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16489 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16491 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16492 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16493 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16494 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16495 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16496 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16497 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16498 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16499 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16500 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16501 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16503 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16504 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16505 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16506 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16507 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16508 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16509 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16510 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16511 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16512 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16513 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16514 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16516 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16517 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16518 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16519 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16520 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16521 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16522 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16523 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16524 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16527 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16529 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16532 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16534 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16536 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16538 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16539 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16540 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16541 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16543 breakpoint_objfile_key
16544 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16546 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16547 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16548 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16550 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16551 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16552 before a breakpoint is set. */
16553 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16555 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16557 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16558 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16559 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16561 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16563 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16564 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16565 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16566 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16567 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16568 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16569 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16570 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16572 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16573 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16574 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16575 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16576 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16578 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16579 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16580 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16581 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16582 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16584 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16585 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16587 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16588 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16589 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16590 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16592 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16593 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16595 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16596 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16597 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16598 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16600 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16601 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16603 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16604 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16605 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16606 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16607 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16608 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16609 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16611 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16612 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16613 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16614 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16615 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16616 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16618 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16620 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16621 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16622 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16623 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16624 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16625 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16627 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16628 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16629 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16632 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16633 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16634 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16637 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16638 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16639 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16640 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16643 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16644 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16645 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16648 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16649 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16650 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16653 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16654 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16655 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16656 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16659 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16660 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16661 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16662 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16663 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16664 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16665 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16666 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16668 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16669 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16670 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16671 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16672 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16674 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16675 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16676 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16677 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16678 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16679 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16682 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16683 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16684 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16685 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16687 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16688 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16689 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16690 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16691 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16693 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16694 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16695 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16696 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16698 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16699 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16700 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16701 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16702 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16705 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16706 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16707 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16708 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16709 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16710 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16712 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16713 is executing in.\n\
16715 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16716 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16718 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16719 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16720 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16721 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16723 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16724 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16725 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16726 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16729 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16733 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16734 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16735 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16736 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16737 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16738 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16739 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16740 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16741 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16742 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16743 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16744 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16745 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16746 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16747 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16748 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16750 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16751 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16752 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16753 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16754 breakpoint set."));
16757 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16758 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16759 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16760 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16761 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16762 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16763 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16764 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16765 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16767 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16768 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16769 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16770 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16771 breakpoint set."));
16773 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16776 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16777 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16778 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16779 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16780 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16781 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16782 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16783 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16784 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16786 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16787 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16788 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16789 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16790 breakpoint set."));
16792 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16793 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16794 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16795 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16796 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16797 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16798 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16799 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16800 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16801 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16802 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16803 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16804 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16806 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16807 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16808 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16809 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16811 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16813 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16814 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16815 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16816 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16818 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16819 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16820 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16821 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16823 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16824 catch_fork_command_1
,
16826 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16827 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16828 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16829 catch_fork_command_1
,
16831 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16832 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16833 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16834 catch_exec_command_1
,
16838 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16839 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16840 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16841 catch_load_command_1
,
16845 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16846 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16847 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16848 catch_unload_command_1
,
16852 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16853 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16854 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16855 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16856 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16857 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16858 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16859 catch_syscall_completer
,
16863 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16864 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16865 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16866 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16867 an expression changes.\n\
16868 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16869 the memory to which it refers."));
16870 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16872 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16873 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16874 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16875 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16876 an expression is read.\n\
16877 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16878 the memory to which it refers."));
16879 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16881 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16882 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16883 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16884 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16885 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16886 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16887 the memory to which it refers."));
16888 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16890 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16891 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16893 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16894 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16895 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16896 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16897 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16898 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16899 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16900 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16901 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16904 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16905 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16907 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16909 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16911 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16912 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16914 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16915 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16916 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16918 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16919 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16920 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16921 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16923 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16924 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16926 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16927 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16928 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16930 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16931 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16933 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16934 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16935 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16936 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16937 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16938 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16939 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16940 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16941 the selected stack frame.\n\
16942 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16943 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16944 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16945 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16947 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16949 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16950 conditions are different.\n\
16952 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16953 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16954 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16956 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16957 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16958 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16959 last tracepoint set."));
16961 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16963 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16964 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16965 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16966 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16968 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16970 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16971 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16972 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16973 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16975 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16977 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16978 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16979 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16980 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16982 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16984 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16985 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16986 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16987 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16988 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16990 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16991 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16992 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16993 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16995 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16996 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16997 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16998 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16999 session to restore them."),
17001 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
17003 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
17004 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
17005 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
17007 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
17009 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
17010 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
17012 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
17013 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17014 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17015 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17016 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
17017 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
17018 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
17019 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17020 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17021 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17022 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
17023 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
17025 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
17026 &pending_break_support
, _("\
17027 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17028 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17029 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
17030 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
17031 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
17032 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
17034 show_pending_break_support
,
17035 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17036 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17038 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
17040 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
17041 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
17042 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17043 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17044 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17045 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17046 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17048 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
17049 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17050 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17052 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
17053 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
17054 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17055 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17056 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17057 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17058 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17059 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17060 when execution stops."),
17062 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
17063 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17064 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17066 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
17067 condition_evaluation_enums
,
17068 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
17069 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17070 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17071 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17072 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17073 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17074 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17075 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17076 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17077 be set to \"gdb\""),
17078 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17079 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17080 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17081 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17083 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
17084 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17085 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17086 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17087 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17088 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17089 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17090 or the start of the range\n\
17091 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17092 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17093 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17095 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17096 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17097 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17099 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
17100 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17101 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17102 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17103 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17104 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17105 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
17107 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
17108 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
17109 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17110 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17111 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17112 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17113 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17114 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17115 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17116 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17117 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17118 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17120 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
17121 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
17122 &dprintf_function
, _("\
17123 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17124 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17125 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17126 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17128 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
17129 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
17130 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
17131 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17132 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17133 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17134 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17136 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
17137 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
17138 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17139 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17140 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17141 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17144 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17146 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
17147 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17148 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17150 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
17152 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
17153 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);